WO2023288264A1 - Map4k1 inhibitors - Google Patents

Map4k1 inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023288264A1
WO2023288264A1 PCT/US2022/073718 US2022073718W WO2023288264A1 WO 2023288264 A1 WO2023288264 A1 WO 2023288264A1 US 2022073718 W US2022073718 W US 2022073718W WO 2023288264 A1 WO2023288264 A1 WO 2023288264A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pharmaceutically acceptable
alkyl
cycloalkyl
acceptable salt
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2022/073718
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jason D. Brubaker
Michael J. Burke
Joshua T. CLOSE
Thomas A. DINEEN
Joseph L. Kim
Chandrasekhar V. MIDUTURU
Emanuele Perola
Original Assignee
Blueprint Medicines Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Blueprint Medicines Corporation filed Critical Blueprint Medicines Corporation
Publication of WO2023288264A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023288264A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00

Definitions

  • MAP4K1 INHIBITORS RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/222,341, filed July 15, 2021, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. FIELD This application is directed to MAP4K1 inhibitors and methods for their use, such as to control the activity of MAP4K1 in a subject.
  • BACKGROUND MAP4K1 also known as hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 (HPKl) was originally cloned from hematopoietic progenitor cells (Hu, M.C., et al., Genes Dev, 1996.10(18): p. 2251-64).
  • MAP4K1 is of particular interest as a target, because it is predominantly expressed in hematopoietic cells such as T cells, B cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, neutrophils, and mast cells (Hu, M.C., et al, Genes Dev, 1996.10(18): p.2251-64; Kiefer, F., et al, EMBO J, 1996.15(24): p.7013-25).
  • TCR T cell receptors
  • BCR B cell receptors
  • TGF- R transforming growth factor receptor
  • EGF- R Gs-coupled PGE2 receptors
  • MAP4K1 regulates diverse functions of various immune cells.
  • MAP4K1 is important in regulating the functions of various immune cells and it has been implicated in autoimmune diseases and anti-tumor immunity (Shui, J.W., et al, Nat Immunol, 2007.8(1): p.84-91; Wang, X., et al, J Biol Chem, 2012.287(14): p.11037-48).
  • Those observations suggested that attenuation of MAP4K1 activity may contribute to autoimmunity in patients.
  • MAP4K1 may also control anti-tumor immunity via T cell-dependent mechanisms.
  • BMDCs bone marrow derived dendritic cells
  • MAP4K1 knockout mice were more efficient to mount a T cell response to eradicate Lewis lung carcinoma as compared to wild-type BMDCs (Alzabin, S., et al., J Immunol, 2009.182(10): p.6187-94).
  • Data obtained from MAP4K1 kinase dead mice demonstrated that MAP4K1 kinase activity is critical in conferring suppressive functions of MAP4K1 in a wide range of immune cells including CD4+, CD8+, DC, NK to T regulatory cells (Tregs) and inactivation of kinase domain was sufficient to elict robust anti-tumor immune responses.
  • MAP4K1 as a novel drug target for enhancing antitumor immunity. Accordingly, there is a need for new compounds that modulate MAP4K1 activity for the treatment of MAP4K1-dependent diseases or disorders such as cancer, viral infection, and other diseases and disorders. Of particular importance is the need for new compounds that selectively modulate MAP4K1 activity.
  • the IC50 values for inhibition of MAP4K1 provided in Table 3 demonstrate that these compounds are potent inhibitors of MAP4K1. Also disclosed are methods of using the compounds and compositions described herein for treating cancer and viral infection.
  • a first embodiment of the disclosure is a compound represented by Formula I: I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A 1 is selected from N and CH; A 2 is selected from CH and N; X is selected from C 1-3 alkyl, OR 3 , NHR 4 and halogen; B is selected from CR 5 and N, Y is CR 6 , or Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or C 5-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R 7 ; R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyl substituted with OR 8 , phenyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, or R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or 4 to 6-membered heterocycle;
  • R 11 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R 18 ;
  • R 12 and R 13 are each is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R 18 ;
  • R 14 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalky
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method of inhibiting MAP4K1 in a subject in need thereof, comprising contacting MAP4K1 with an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method for enhancing an immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method of treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s).
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is the use of a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s), for the preparation of a medicament for treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s), for use in treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof.
  • a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease e.g., treating a cancer
  • the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are MAP4K1 inhibitors, which can be used for treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease.
  • diseases or disorders include cancer and viral infection.
  • Compound Embodiments Example embodiments include: First embodiment: a compound represented by Formula I: I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formula I are described in the summary above. Second embodiment: a compound represented by Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound represented by Formula V or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7- membered heterocycle or C 5-6 cycloalkyl, and said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R 7 .
  • the variables in Formula V are described above in the first embodiment.
  • each R 7 is independently selected from C 1-3 alkyl, halogen and OH, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen, or two R 7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 or 2.
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
  • m is 0, 1 or 2.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formula VI are described above in the first embodiment.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formula VII are described above in the first and/or sixth embodiment.
  • Eighth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is NHR 4 , and R 4 is CH 3 or cyclopropyl.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth and/or seventh embodiments.
  • Ninth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is OR 3 .
  • Tenth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-2 alkyl, C 1-2 haloalkyl, C 1-3 alkyl substituted with OR 8 , phenyl and C 3-4 cycloalkyl, or R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 4 to 6-membered heterocycle; and R 8 is C1-2 alkyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 OCH 3 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, or R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form .
  • Fifteenth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R 3 is selected from CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 R 9 ; and each R 9 is independently selected from CH3, F, C(O)Me and SO2Me.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments.
  • Sixteenth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 3 is selected from CH3, CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 CHF 2 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, : and The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments. Seventeenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III or IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 5 is CN.
  • Eighteenth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A) or IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R 6 is selected from C 1-4 alkyl, and 4 to 5-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl or heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or R 15 ; and R 15 is C1-2 alkyl.
  • Twentieth embodiment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R 7 is independently CH 3 , or two R 7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R 7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form cyclopropyl.
  • each R 7 is independently CH 3 , or two R 7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R 7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form cyclopropyl.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and/or sixteenth embodiments.
  • Twentyfirst emboidment a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(B) or V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form: and wherein represents a bond to A 2 , and ⁇ represents a bond to N.
  • the remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI and VII are describe above in the first, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and/or sixteenth embodiments.
  • the Compounds 71-74 in Table 4, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are excluded from the disclosure.
  • the disclosure also includes the compounds depicted in Table 1 and prepared in the Exemplification, both the neutral form and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the synthetic protocol used to prepare compounds in Table 1 is listed in the last column of Table 1 and full details for each synthetic protocol are described in Scheme 1 in the General Synthetic Methods and Intermediates section. Table 1
  • compositions disclosed herein including compounds 1-70 disclosed in Table 1 and Exemplification
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds disclosed herein including compounds 1-70 disclosed in Table 1 and Exemplification
  • Another embodiment of the disclosure is a compound disclosed herein, including a compound of Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII or a compound in Table 1 or in the exemplification or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is replaced with deuterium.
  • the deuterium enrichment at any one of the sites where hydrogen has been replaced by deuterium is at least 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%.
  • Deuterium enrichment is a mole percent and is obtained by dividing the number of compounds with deuterium enrichment at the site of enrichment with the number of compounds having hydrogen or deuterium at the site of enrichment.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to pharmaceutical salts that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al. describes pharmacologically acceptable salts in J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66:1-19.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds described herein include salts of inorganic acids (such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, nitric, and sulfuric acids) and of organic acids (such as acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, methanesulfonic, and p-toluenesulfonic acids).
  • Compounds of the present teachings with acidic groups can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable base(s).
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (such as sodium and potassium salts) and alkaline earth metal salts (such as magnesium and calcium salts).
  • alkali metal salts such as sodium and potassium salts
  • alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium and calcium salts.
  • alkyl used alone or as part of a larger moiety, such as “alkoxy”, “hydroxyalkyl” and the like, means a saturated aliphatic straight-chain or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical. Unless otherwise specified, an alkyl group typically has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1-6 alkyl), (i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6) alternatively, 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C 1-3 alkyl) (i.e., 1, 2 or 3).
  • C 1 – 6 alkyl is means a radical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in a linear or branched arrangement, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
  • alkylene means a bivalent alkyl group, for example C1-C6 alkyl is a group ⁇ (CH2)n ⁇ where n is 1 to 6, C1-C3 alkyl is a group ⁇ (CH2)n ⁇ where n is 1 to 3, unless otherwise specified.
  • Cycloalkyl means a saturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon ring radical.
  • a cycloalkyl has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (C3-8 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8), alternatively, 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, 5, or 6), alternatively, 3 to 5 carbon atoms (C 3-5 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, or 5).
  • C 3 - 6 Cycloalkyl means a radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms arranged in a monocyclic ring.
  • a C 3-6 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • a C 3-5 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and cyclopentyl.
  • the term “cycloalkyl” also means to include a saturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon fused to an aromatic group such as in Formula (I) wherein “Y and B taken together form a C5-6cycloalkyl.”
  • halogen or “halo” means fluorine or fluoro (F), chlorine or chloro (Cl), bromine or bromo (Br), or iodine or iodo (I).
  • heterocycle refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing unless otherwise specified, 3 to 8 ring atoms (i.e., “3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 membered”) selected from carbon atom and 1 or 2 heteroatoms.
  • Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, quaternary nitrogen, oxidized nitrogen (e.g., NO); oxygen; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
  • 4-6 membered heterocycle containing nitrogen refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing 2-5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms
  • 4-6 membered heterocycle containing oxygen atoms refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing 2-5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 oxygen.
  • heterocycles include azetidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyrindinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
  • hydroxyl or “hydroxy” refers to the group OH.
  • substituted refers to the replacement of a hydrogen substituent in a given structure with a non-hydrogen substituent.
  • a substituted alkyl is an alkyl wherein at least one non-hydrogen substituent is in the place of a hydrogen substituent on the alkyl group.
  • monofluoroalkyl is an alkyl substituted with a fluoro substituent
  • difluoroalkyl is an alkyl substituted with two fluoro substituents. It should be recognized that if there is more than one substitution on a substituent, each non-hydrogen substituent can be identical or different (unless otherwise stated).
  • a group can be either (1) not substituted or (2) substituted. If a group is described as optionally substituted with up to a particular number of non- hydrogen substituents, that group can be either (1) not substituted; or (2) substituted by up to that particular number of non-hydrogen substituents or by up to the maximum number of substitutable positions on the substituent, whichever is less. Thus, for example, if a group is described as a cycloalkyl optionally substituted with up to 3 non-hydrogen substituents, then any cycloalkyl with less than 3 substitutable positions would be optionally substituted by up to only as many non-hydrogen substituents as the cycloalkyl has substitutable positions.
  • stereoisomers are compounds that differ only in their spatial arrangement. Stereoisomers include all diastereomeric and enantiomeric forms of a compound. Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. Diastereomers are stereoisomers having two or more chiral centers that are not identical and are not mirror images of each other.
  • the stereochemical configuration at a chiral center in a compound having one or more chiral centers is depicted by its chemical name (e.g., where the configuration is indicated in the chemical name by “ ” or “S”) or structure (e.g., the configuration is indicated by “wedge” bonds), the enrichment of the indicated configuration relative to the opposite configuration is greater than 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% (except when the designation “rac” or “racemate accompanies the structure or name, as explained in the following two paragraphs).
  • “Enrichment of the indicated configuration relative to the opposite configuration” is a mole percent and is determined by dividing the number of compounds with the indicated stereochemical configuration at the chiral center(s) by the total number of all of the compounds with the same or opposite stereochemical configuration in a mixture.
  • the stereochemical configuration at a chiral center in a compound is depicted by chemical name (e.g., where the configuration is indicated in the name by “R” or “S”) or structure (e.g., the configuration is indicated by “wedge” bonds) and the designation “rac” or “racemate” accompanies the structure or is designated in the chemical name, a racemic mixture is intended.
  • stereoisomers When two or more stereoisomers are depicted by their chemical names or structures, and the names or structures are connected by an “or”, one or the other of the two or more stereoisomers is intended, but not both.
  • the enrichment of one stereoisomer relative to the other is as indicated above.
  • a disclosed compound having a chiral center is depicted by a structure without showing a configuration at that chiral center, the structure is meant to encompass the compound with the S configuration at that chiral center, the compound with the R configuration at that chiral center, or the compound with a mixture of the R and S configuration at that chiral center.
  • a disclosed compound having a chiral center is depicted by its chemical name without indicating a configuration at that chiral center with “S” or “R”, the name is meant to encompass the compound with the S configuration at that chiral center, the compound with the R configuration at that chiral center or the compound with a mixture of the R and S configuration at that chiral center.
  • a racemic mixture means a mixture of 50% of one enantiomer and 50% of its corresponding enantiomer.
  • the present teachings encompass all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, diastereomerically pure, diastereomerically enriched, and racemic mixtures, and diastereomeric mixtures of the compounds described herein.
  • Enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
  • Enantiomers and diastereomers can also be obtained from diastereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
  • Peak 1 or “first eluting isomer” in the Experimental section refers to an intended reaction product compound obtained from a chromatography separation/purification that elutes earlier than a second intended reaction product compound from the same preceding reaction.
  • the second intended product compound is referred to as “peak 2” or “second eluting isomer”.
  • peak 2 or “second eluting isomer”.
  • a compound is designated by a name or structure that indicates a single enantiomer, unless indicated otherwise, the compound is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% optically pure (also referred to as “enantiomerically pure”).
  • Optical purity is the weight in the mixture of the named or depicted enantiomer divided by the total weight in the mixture of both enantiomers.
  • stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, and the named or depicted structure encompasses more than one stereoisomer (e.g., as in a diastereomeric pair), it is to be understood that, unless otherwise indicated, one of the encompassed stereoisomers or any mixture of the encompassed stereoisomers are included. It is to be further understood that the stereoisomeric purity of the named or depicted stereoisomers at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight. The stereoisomeric purity in this case is determined by dividing the total weight in the mixture of the stereoisomers encompassed by the name or structure by the total weight in the mixture of all of the stereoisomers.
  • MAP4K1 inhibitors are MAP4K1 inhibitors.
  • the use of the word “inhibitor” means that a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof inhibits activity of MAP4K1.
  • inhibitor herein is meant to decrease the activity of the target enzyme as compared to the activity of that enzyme in the absence of the inhibitor.
  • the term “inhibit” means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity of at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 79%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95%.
  • inhibit means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity of 5% to 25%, 25% to 50%, 50 to 70%, 75 to 100%.
  • inhibit means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity about 95% to 100%, e.g., a decrease in activity of 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%.
  • Such decreases can be measured using a variety of techniques that would be recognizable by one of skill in the art, including in vitro kinase assays.
  • Compounds of the disclosure are selective MAP4K1 inhibitors.
  • a “selective MAP4K1 inhibitor” refers to a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which has the ability to selectively inhibit MAP4K1 kinase over other targets.
  • a selective MAP4K1 inhibitor has the ability to selectively inhibit MAP4K1 over another kinase.
  • a selective MAP4K1 inhibitor has the ability to selectively reduce target signaling activity relative to off-target signaling activity, via direct or indirect interaction with the target.
  • the ability to selectively target MAP4K1 with a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof provides advantages in terms of improved potency, less off-target activity and an increased probability of clinical success in comparison with a non-selective compound or salt.
  • a MAP4K1 inhibitor that selectively inhibits MAP4K1 may have an activity that is at least 2-fold relative to another kinase (e.g., at least 10-fold; at least 15-fold; at least 20-fold; at least 30-fold; at least 40-fold selectivity; at least 50-fold; at least 60-fold; at least 70-fold; at least 80-fold; at least 90-fold; at least 100-fold; at least 125-fold; at least 150-fold; at least 175-fold; or at least 200-fold.
  • another kinase e.g., at least 10-fold; at least 15-fold; at least 20-fold; at least 30-fold; at least 40-fold selectivity; at least 50-fold; at least 60-fold; at least 70-fold; at least 80-fold; at least 90-fold; at least 100-fold; at least 125-fold; at least 150-fold; at least 175-fold; or at least 200-fold.
  • a selective MAP4K1 inhibitor exhibits at least 15-fold selectivity over another kinase, e.g., LCK and MAP4K family members (MAP4K4 (HGK) and MAP4K3 (GLK)).
  • the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors are selective over EGFR and L858R/T790M EGFR.
  • the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors of the disclosure are selective over BTK.
  • the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors of the disclosure are selective over JNK.
  • the disclosure provides methods of modulating (e.g., inhibiting) MAP4K1 activity in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for therapeutic administration to enhance, stimulate and/or increase immunity in subjects in need thereof, e.g., in cancer patients or patients with viral infection.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof reduce, inhibit, or otherwise diminish pSLP76.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for therapeutic administration to enhancing at least one of activation, priming, migration, proliferation, survival and cytolytic activity of T cells relative to prior to administration.
  • T cell activation is characterized by enhanced levels of IL- 2, IFN-gamma, or granzyme B production by T cells relative to prior to administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for therapeutic administration to induce a change in cell cycle or cell viability.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for improving function of T effector cells.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for inhibiting the suppressive effects of T regulatory cells or improving the T cell response to immune suppressive factors including adenosine and PGE2.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for increasing the frequency of CD8+ tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILS).
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for enhancing CD3+/Treg ratios.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for enhancing cytokines.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for enhancing cytokines with no impact on IL-6.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof indirectly inhibit the growth of cancer cells.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful for priming of the immune response (i.e., vaccines) to tumors or viruses for booting or generating anti-viral/anti-tumor immunity.
  • the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are used for enhancing or boosting response to a vaccine (such as a cancer vaccine or a personalized cancer vaccine (PCV)) or a CAR-T cell therapy.
  • Methods of treating a MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder can include administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the MAP4K1- dependent disease or disorder is a cancer.
  • cancer encompasses all forms of cancer including, but not limited to, all forms of carcinoma, melanomas, blastomas, sarcomas, lymphomas, leukemias.
  • cancer includes metastatic forms.
  • the disclosure includes refractory or recurrent malignancies whose growth may be inhibited using the compounds of the disclosure.
  • any of the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be used alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents.
  • the treatment results in a sustained response in the subject after cessation of the treatment.
  • sustained response refers to the sustained effect on reducing tumor growth after cessation of a treatment.
  • the tumor size may remain the same or smaller as compared to the size at the beginning of the administration phase.
  • the sustained response has a duration at least the same as the treatment duration, at least 1.5X, 2.0X, 2.5X, or 3.0X length of the treatment duration.
  • the treatment methods disclosed herein may result in a partial or complete response.
  • CR complete response
  • PR partial response
  • SD stable disease
  • ORR all response rate
  • progression free survival refers to the length of time during and after treatment during which the disease being treated (e.g., cancer) does not get worse. Progression-free survival may include the amount of time subjects have experienced a complete response or a partial response, as well as the amount of time subjects have experienced stable disease. As used herein, “overall survival” (OS) refers to the percentage of subjects in a group who are likely to be alive after a particular duration of time.
  • cancers treatable with compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof include colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, gastric cancer, cancer of the head and neck, lymphoma, leukemia, urothelial carcinoma, merkel cell carcinoma, gastroesophageal junction carcinoma, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, skin squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma.
  • cancers treatable with compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, cancer of the head and neck, lymphoma, leukemia, and melanoma.
  • cancers that are treatable using the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include, but are not limited to, solid tumors, including prostate cancer, colon cancer, esophageal cancer, endometrial cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, renal cancer, hepatic cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, head and neck cancer, thyroid cancer, brain cancer, and bladder cancer and hematological cancer, including lymphoma, leukemia (chronic and acute forms) such as ALL, AML, CLL, CML, DLBCL, mantle cell lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL), including relapsed or refractory NHL and recurrent follicular, Hodgkin’s lymphoma and multiple myeloma, and myeloproliferative diseases.
  • solid tumors including prostate cancer, colon cancer, esophageal cancer, endometrial cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, renal cancer,
  • diseases and indications that are treatable using the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include, but are not limited to hematological cancer, sarcomas, respiratory cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, genitourinary tract cancer, liver cancer, bone cancer, nervous system cancer, gynecological cancer, and skin cancer.
  • Exemplary hematological cancer includes, for example, lymphomas and leukemias such as ALL, AML, acute promyelocyte leukemia (APL), CLL, CML, DLBCL, mantle cell lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL), including Primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma (PMBCL), relapsed or refractory NHL, recurrent follicular, and primary CNS lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, myeloproliferative diseases, including, primary myelofibrosis (PMF), polycythemia vera (PV), essential thrombocytosis (ET), myelodysplasia syndrome (MDS), T-cell acute lymphoblastic lymphoma (T-ALL), multiple myeloma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Waldenstrom's Macroglubulinemia, hairy cell lymphoma, chronic myelogenic lymphoma, and Bur
  • Exemplary respiratory tract cancer includes, for example, lung cancer such as non- small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), small cell lung cancer, epidermoid cancer, bronchogenic carcinoma, including squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, adenocarcinoma, alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, chondromatous hamartoma, mesothelioma, and pleuropulmonary blastoma.
  • NSCLC non- small cell lung cancer
  • small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer
  • epidermoid cancer epidermoid cancer
  • bronchogenic carcinoma including squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, adenocarcinoma, alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, chondromatous hamartoma, mesothelioma, and pleuropulmonary blastoma.
  • Exemplary gastrointestinal cancer includes, for example, cancers of the esophagus, including squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and lymphoma; stomach, including carcinoma, lymphoma, and leiomyosarcoma; pancreas, including ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, and vipoma; small instestine, including adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, and fibroma; large intestine, including adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, and leiomyoma; colon; and gall bladder, including adenocarcinoma; and intestinal
  • Exemplary genitourinary tract cancer includes, for example, cancers of the kidney, including adenocarcinoma, Wilm's tumor [nephroblastoma], renal cell carcinoma, urothelial carcinoma, juxtaglomerular cell tumor (reninoma), angiomyolipoma, renal oncocytoma, Bellinio duct carcinoma, clear-cell sarcoma of the kidney, and mesoblastic nephroma; adrenal gland; renal pelvis; bladder, including transitional cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcoma, and small cell carcinoma; urethra, including squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; prostate, including adenocarcinoma, sarcoma, and carcinoma; testis, including seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, inter
  • Exemplary liver cancer includes, for example, hepatoma, including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatoblastoma, angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, biliary tract cancer, and hemangioma.
  • hepatoma including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatoblastoma, angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, biliary tract cancer, and hemangioma.
  • Exemplary bone cancer includes, for example, osteogenic sarcoma, fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant lymphoma, including reticulum cell sarcoma, multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochronfroma, including osteocartilaginous exostoses, benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma, and giant cell tumors
  • Exemplary nervous system cancer includes, for example, cancer of the skull, including osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, and osteitis deformans; meninges including, meningioma, meningiosarcoma, and gliomatosis; brain, including astrocytoma, meduoblastoma, glioma, epen
  • Exemplary gynecological cancer includes, for example, cancer of the uterus, including endometrial carcinoma; cervix, including cervical carcinoma, pre-tumor cervical dysplasia, squamouse cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumor, glassy cell carcinoma and villoglandular adenocarcinoma; ovaries, including ovarian carcinoma (serous cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma, endometroid tumor, high-grade serous carcinoma), granulosa-thecal cell tumors, Sertoli-Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, malignant teratoma, and arrhenoblastoma; vulva (squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, and melanoma; vagina, including clear
  • Exemplary skin cancer includes, for example, melanoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, Merkel cell skin cancer, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, and keloids.
  • breast cancer include, for example, ER+/HER2- breast cancer, triple- negative breast cancer (TNBC), invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, ductal carcinoma in situ, and lobular carcinoma in situ.
  • Exemplary head and neck cancer includes, for example, glioblastoma, melanoma, rhabdosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, osteosarcoma, squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, oral cancer, throat cancer, including oropharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, nasal and paranasal cancer, salivary gland cancer, mouth cancer, eye cancer, acoustic neuroma, pituitary adenoma, hypopharngx, and thyroid (medullary and papillary) and parathyroid cancer.
  • glioblastoma melanoma
  • rhabdosarcoma lymphosarcoma
  • osteosarcoma squamous cell carcinomas
  • adenocarcinomas adenocarcinomas
  • oral cancer throat cancer, including oropharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, nasopharynge
  • cancers include, for example, sweat gland cancer, spinal axis tumor, chest cancer, sickle cell anemia, and environmentally induced cancers including those induced by asbestos.
  • compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are for the treatment of advanced melanoma, advanced NSCLC, or advanced head and neck squamous cell cancer, including where the subject was refractory to, or had a partial response to, immune checkpoint inhibitor therapy.
  • the MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder is a viral infection, such as infection caused by hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), human papilloma virus (HPV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), herpes simplex virus (HSV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), varicella zoster virus, coxsackie virus, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
  • HBV hepatitis B virus
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • HPV human papilloma virus
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • HSV herpes simplex virus
  • EBV Epstein-Barr virus
  • varicella zoster virus coxsackie virus
  • coxsackie virus coxsackie virus
  • HMV human immunodeficiency virus
  • the other anti-cancer agents are immune-oncology agent, anticancer agents that are enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors, radiation or chemotherapy.
  • Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be co- formulated with an immuno-oncology agent.
  • Immuno-oncology agents include, for example, a small molecule drug, antibody, or other biologic or small molecule.
  • biologic immuno-oncology agents include, but are not limited to, cancer vaccines, antibodies, and cytokines.
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the monoclonal antibody is humanized or human.
  • the antibody is a bispecific antibody.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is (i) an agonist of a stimulatory (including a co-stimulatory) receptor or (ii) an antagonist of an inhibitory (including a co-inhibitory) signal on T cells, both of which result in amplifying antigen-specific T cell responses (often referred to as immune checkpoint regulators, in some instances immune checkpoint inhibitors).
  • a stimulatory and inhibitory molecules are members of the immunoglobulin super family (IgSF).
  • B7 family includes B7-1, B7-2, B7-H1 (PD-L1), B7-DC (PD-L2), B7-H2 (ICOS-L), B7-H3, B7-H4, B7-H5 (VISTA), and B7-H6.
  • B7-1, B7-2, B7-H1 (PD-L1), B7-DC (PD-L2), B7-H2 (ICOS-L), B7-H3, B7-H4, B7-H5 (VISTA), and B7-H6 includes B7-1, B7-2, B7-H1 (PD-L1), B7-DC (PD-L2), B7-H2 (ICOS-L), B7-H3, B7-H4, B7-H5 (VISTA), and B7-H6.
  • TNF family of molecules that bind to cognate TNF receptor family members which includes CD40 and CD40L, OX-40, OX-40L, CD70, CD27L, CD30, CD30L, 4-1BBL, CD137 (4-1BB), TRAIL/Apo2-L, TRAILR1/DR4, TRAILR2/DR5, TRAILR3, TRAILR4, OPG, RANK, RANKL, TWEAKR/Fnl4, TWEAK, BAFFR, EDAR, XEDAR, TACI, APRIL, BCMA, LTfiR, LIGHT, DcR3, HVEM, VEGI/TL1A, TRAMP/DR3, EDAR, EDA1, XEDAR, EDA2,TNFRl, Lymphotoxin ⁇ / ⁇ , TNFR2, TNF a, LT R, Lymphotoxin a 1 ⁇ 2, FAS,
  • T cell responses can be stimulated by a combination of a compound of the disclosure and one or more of (i) an antagonist of a protein that inhibits T cell activation (e.g., immune checkpoint inhibitors) such as CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, LAG-3, TIM-3, Galectin 9, CEACAM-1, BTLA, CD69, Galectin-1, TIGIT, CD113, GPR56, VISTA, 2B4, CD48, GARP, PD1H, LAIR1, TIM-1, and TIM-4, and (ii) an agonist of a protein that stimulates T cell activation such as B7-1, B7-2, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137), 4-1BBL, ICOS, ICOS-L, OX40, OX40L, GITR, GITRL, CD70, CD27, CD40, DR3 and CD28H.
  • an antagonist of a protein that inhibits T cell activation e.g., immune checkpoint inhibitor
  • compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered in combination with at least one other immune checkpoint inhibitor.
  • compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered for the treatment of immune checkpoint inhibitor-resistant NSCLC, including where the subject is refractory to, or had a partial response to, platinium and/or paclitaxel and/or docetaxel therapy.
  • compounds of the diclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered in combination with at least one other anti-cancer agent, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel or platinum anticancer therapy.
  • Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered for the first line treatment of NSCLC expressing high PD-L1 ( ⁇ 50% Tumor Proportion Score (TPS), wild-type EGFR, or wild-type ALK).
  • Other agents that can be combined with compounds of the disclosure for the treatment of cancer include antagonists of inhibitory receptors on NK cells or agonists of activating receptors on NK cells.
  • compounds of the disclosure can be combined with antagonists of KIR, such as lirilumab.
  • Yet other agents for combination therapies include agents that inhibit or deplete macrophages or monocytes, including but not limited to CSF-1R antagonists such as CSF-1R antagonist antibodies including RG7155 or FPA-008.
  • compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used with one or more of agonistic agents that ligate positive costimulatory receptors, blocking agents that attenuate signaling through inhibitory receptors, antagonists, and one or more agents that increase systemically the frequency of anti-tumor T cells, agents that overcome distinct immune suppressive pathways within the tumor microenvironment (e.g., block inhibitory receptor engagement (e.g., PD-Ll/PD-1 interactions), deplete or inhibit Tregs (e.g., using an anti-CD25 monoclonal antibody (e.g., daclizumab) or by ex vivo anti- CD25 bead depletion), inhibit metabolic enzymes such as IDO, or reverse/prevent T cell anergy or exhaustion) and agents that trigger innate immune activation and/or inflammation at tumor sites.
  • agonistic agents that ligate positive costimulatory receptors e.g., blocking agents that attenuate signaling through inhibitory receptors, antagonists, and one or more
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a CTLA-4 antagonist, such as an antagonistic CTLA-4 antibody.
  • Suitable CTLA-4 antibodies include, for example, YERVOY (ipilimumab) or tremelimumab.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a PD-1 antagonist, such as an antagonistic PD-1 antibody.
  • Suitable PD-1 antibodies include, for example, OPDIVO (nivolumab), KEYTRUDA (pembrolizumab), or MEDI-0680 (AMP- 514; WO2012/145493).
  • the immuno-oncology agent may also include pidilizumab (CT- 011), though its specificity for PD-1 binding has been questioned.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a PD-L1 antagonist, such as an antagonistic PD-L1 antibody.
  • Suitable PD-L1 antibodies include, for example, TECENTRIQ (atezolizumab) (RG7446; WO2010/077634), durvalumab (MEDI4736), BMS-936559 (WO2007/005874), and MSB0010718C (WO2013/79174).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a LAG-3 antagonist, such as an antagonistic LAG-3 antibody.
  • Suitable LAG3 antibodies include, for example, BMS-986016 (WO10/19570, WO14/08218), or IMP-731 or IMP-321 (WO08/132601, WO09/44273).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a CD137 (4-1BB) agonist, such as an agonistic CD137 antibody.
  • Suitable CD137 antibodies include, for example, urelumab and PF-05082566 (W012/32433).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a GITR agonist, such as an agonistic GITR antibody.
  • Suitable GITR antibodies include, for example, BMS-986153, BMS-986156, TRX-518 (WO06/105021, WO09/009116) and MK-4166 (WOl 1/028683).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is an IDO antagonist. Suitable IDO antagonists include, for example, INCB-024360 (WO2006/122150, WO07/75598, WO08/36653, WO08/36642), indoximod, or NLG-919 (WO09/73620, WO09/1156652, WOl1/56652, W012/142237).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is an OX40 agonist, such as an agonistic OX40 antibody.
  • Suitable OX40 antibodies include, for example, MEDI-6383 or MEDI-6469.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is an OX40L antagonist, such as an antagonistic OX40 antibody.
  • Suitable OX40L antagonists include, for example, RG-7888 (WO06/029879).
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a CD40 agonist, such as an agonistic CD40 antibody.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a CD40 antagonist, such as an antagonistic CD40 antibody.
  • Suitable CD40 antibodies include, for example, lucatumumab or dacetuzumab.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is a CD27 agonist, such as an agonistic CD27 antibody.
  • Suitable CD27 antibodies include, for example, varlilumab.
  • the immuno-oncology agent is MGA271 (to B7H3) (WOl 1/109400).
  • the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with anticancer agents that are enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors, exhibiting different preferences in the targets which they modulate the activities of, to treat such conditions. Targeting more than one signaling pathway (or more than one biological molecule involved in a given signaling pathway) may reduce the likelihood of drug-resistance arising in a cell population, and/or reduce the toxicity of treatment.
  • the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with one or more other enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors for the treatment of cancer.
  • the compounds of the disclosure can be combined with one or more inhibitors of the following kinases for the treatment of cancer: Aktl, Akt2, Akt3, TGF- ⁇ , PKA, PKG, PKC, CaM-kinase, phosphorylase kinase, MEKK, ERK, MAPK, mTOR, EGFR, HER2, HER3, HER4, INS-R, IGF-1R, IR-R, PDGFotR, PDGFpR, CSFIR, KIT, FLK-II, KDR/FLK-1, FLK-4, flt-1, FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, c-Met, Ron, Sea, TRKA, TRKB, TRKC, FLT3, VEGFR/Flt2, Flt4, EphAl, EphA2, EphA3,
  • the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be combined with one or more of the following inhibitors for the treatment of cancer.
  • inhibitors that can be combined with the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for treatment of cancers include an FGFR inhibitor (FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3 or FGFR4, e.g., fisogatinib, AZD4547, BAY 1187982, ARQ087, BGJ398, BIBF1120, TKI258, lucitanib, dovitinib, TAS- 120, J J-42756493, Debiol347, INCB54828, INCB62079, and INCB63904), a JAK inhibitor (JAK1 and/or JAK2, e.g., ruxolitinib, baricitinib, or itacitinib (INCB39110)), an IDO inhibitor (e.g., epacadostat and NLG919),
  • Inhibitors of HDAC such as panobinostat and vorinostat can be combined with the compounds of the disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of c-Met such as onartumzumab, tivantnib, and capmatinib (INC-280) be combined with the compounds of the disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of BTK such as ibrutinib can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of mTOR such as rapamycin, sirolimus, temsirolimus, and everolimus can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of Raf such as vemurafenib and dabrafenib can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of MEK such as trametinib, selumetinib and GDC-0973 can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure.
  • Inhibitors of KIT including avapritinib, BLU-263, imatinib, sunitinib, regorafenib, ripritinib (DCC2618), PLX9486, PLX3397, crenolanib, CDX-0158, CDX-0159.
  • Inhibitors of RET including pralsetinib, selperctinib, alectinib, levatinib, cabozantinib, BOS172738 (DS-5010), SL-1001, TPX-0046, sitravatinib (MGCD516), and RXDX-105.
  • Inhibitors of Hsp90 e.g., tanespimycin
  • cyclin dependent kinases e.g., palbociclib
  • PARP e.g., olaparib
  • Pim kinases LGH447, INCB053914, and SGI-1776
  • the agent is an alkylating agent, a proteasome inhibitor, a corticosteroid, or an immunomodulatory agent.
  • alkylating agent examples include bendamustine, nitrogen mustards, ethylenimine derivatives, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas and triazenes, uracil mustard, chlormethine, cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN), ifosfamide, melphalan, chlorambucil, pipobroman, triethylene-melamine, triethylenethiophosphoramine, busulfan, carmustine, lomustine, streptozocin, dacarbazine, and temozolomide.
  • the proteasome inhibitor is carfilzomib.
  • the corticosteroid is dexamethasone (DEX).
  • chemotherapeutics include any of: abarelix, abiraterone, afatinib, aflibercept, aldesleukin, alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, allopurinol, altretamine, anastrozole, arsenic trioxide, asparaginase, axitinib, azacitidine, bevacizumab, bexarotene, baricitinib, bicalutamide, bleomycin, bortezombi, bortezomib, brivanib, buparlisib, busulfan intravenous, busulfan oral, calusterone, capecitabine, carmustine, cediranib, cetuximab, chlorambucil, cladribine, clofarabine,
  • anti-cancer agent(s) include antibody therapeutics such as trastuzumab (Herceptin).
  • Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered as the sole pharmaceutical agent or in combination with one or more anti-viral agents for the treatment of chronic viral infections, where the combination causes no unacceptable adverse effects.
  • Chronic viral infections include, but are not limited to, diseases caused by: hepatitis C virus (HCV), human papilloma virus (HPV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), herpes simplex virus (HSV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), varicella zoster virus, coxsackie virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • HPV human papilloma virus
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • HSV herpes simplex virus
  • EBV Epstein-Barr virus
  • varicella zoster virus coxsackie virus
  • coxsackie virus human immunode
  • Suitable antiviral agents contemplated for use in combination with the compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can comprise nucleoside and nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs), protease inhibitors and other antiviral drugs.
  • NRTIs nucleoside and nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors
  • NRTIs non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
  • protease inhibitors and other antiviral drugs.
  • Suitable NRTIs include zidovudine (AZT); didanosine (ddl); zalcitabine (ddC); stavudine (d4T); lamivudine (3TC); abacavir (1592U89); adefovir dipivoxil [bis(POM)-PMEA]; lobucavir (BMS-180194); BCH-I0652; emitricitabine [(-)-FTC]; beta-L- FD4 (also called beta-L-D4C and named beta-L-2',3'-dicleoxy-5-fluoro-cytidene); DAPD, ((- )-beta-D-2,6-diamino-purine dioxolane); and lodenosine (FddA).
  • ZT zidovudine
  • ddl didanosine
  • ddC zalcitabine
  • stavudine d4T
  • NNRTIs include nevirapine (BI-RG-587); delaviradine (BHAP, U-90152); efavirenz (DMP-266); PNU-142721 ; AG-1549; MKC-442 (l-(ethoxy-methyl)-5-(l-methylethyl)-6-(phenylmethyl)- (2,4(lH,3H)-pyrirnidinedione); and (+)-calanolide A (NSC-675451) and B.
  • Typical suitable protease inhibitors include saquinavir (Ro 31-8959); ritonavir (ABT-538); indinavir (MK- 639); nelfnavir (AG-1343); amprenavir (141W94); lasinavir (BMS-234475); DMP-450; BMS-2322623; ABT-378; and AG-1549.
  • Other antiviral agents include hydroxyurea, ribavirin, IL-2, IL-12, pentafuside and Yissum Project No.11607. When more than one pharmaceutical agent is administered to a subject, they can be administered simultaneously, separately, sequentially, or in combination (e.g., for more than two agents).
  • the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof when administered together with an additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent, can be administered simultaneously in the same pharmaceutical formulation or simultaneously in separate pharmaceutical formulations. Alternatively, when administered together with an additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent, the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered at separate times, depending the dosing requirements of the additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions include one or more compounds provided herein (such as the compound of Formulas I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII), and typically at least one additional substance, such as an excipient, a known therapeutic other than those of the disclosure, and combinations thereof.
  • the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with other agents known to have beneficial activity targeting diseases or disorders listed above.
  • disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered alone or in combination with one or more anti-cancer or antiviral agent.
  • the terms “administer”, “administering”, “administration”, and the like, as used herein, refer to methods that may be used to enable delivery of compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to, intraarticular (in the joints), intravenous, intramuscular, intratumoral, intradermal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, orally, topically, intrathecally, inhalationally, transdermally, rectally, and the like.
  • a “subject” is a mammal in need of medical treatment, preferably a human, but can also be an animal in need of veterinary treatment, e.g., companion animals (e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals (e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) and laboratory animals (e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like).
  • companion animals e.g., dogs, cats, and the like
  • farm animals e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like
  • laboratory animals e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like.
  • an “effective amount” to the subject will depend on the mode of administration, the type, and severity of the disease or condition, and on the characteristics of the subject, such as general health, age, sex, body weight, and tolerance to drugs. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
  • an “effective amount” of any additional therapeutic agent(s) will depend on the type of drug used.
  • Suitable dosages are known for approved therapeutic agents and can be adjusted by the skilled artisan according to the condition of the subject, the type of condition(s) being treated and the amount of a compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof being used by following, for example, dosages reported in the literature and recommended in the Physician’s Desk Reference (57th ed., 2003).
  • the term “effective amount” means an amount when administered to the subject which results in beneficial or desired results, including clinical results, e.g., inhibits, suppresses or reduces the symptoms of the condition being treated in the subject as compared to a control.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can be given in unit dosage form (e.g., 0.1 mg to about 50 g per day, alternatively from 1 mg to about 5 grams per day; and in another alternatively from 10 mg to 1 gram per day).
  • the particular mode of administration and the dosage regimen will be selected by the attending clinician, taking into account the particulars of the case (e.g. the subject, the disease, the disease state involved, the particular treatment, and whether the treatment is prophylactic). Treatment can involve daily or multi-daily or less than daily (such as weekly or monthly etc.) doses over a period of a few days to months, or even years.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the formulation and/or administration of an active agent to and/or absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present disclosure without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the subject.
  • Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer’s solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like.
  • Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with or interfere with the activity of the compounds provided herein.
  • auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with or interfere with the activity of the compounds provided herein.
  • auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with or interfere with the activity of the compounds provided herein.
  • auxiliary agents such
  • Suitable solvents can be substantially non-reactive with the starting materials (reactants), intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, e.g., temperatures which can range from the solvent’s freezing temperature to the solvent’s boiling temperature.
  • a given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent.
  • suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected by the skilled artisan.
  • Preparation of compounds of the disclosure can involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups, can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.
  • spectroscopic means such as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy (e.g., 1 H or 13 C), infrared (IR) spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), mass spectrometry (MS), or by chromatographic methods such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography (TLC).
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • IR infrared
  • MS mass spectrometry
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • Preparative HPLC was performed on a Shimadzu Discovery VP® Preparative system fitted with a Luna 5u C18(2) 100A, AXIA packed, 250 x 21.2 mm reverse-phase column at 22.4 degrees Celsius.
  • the mobile phase consisted of a mixture of solvent 0.1% FA in water and 0.1% FA in ACN.
  • a constant gradient from 95% aqueous/5% organic to 5% aqueous/95% organic mobile phase over the course of 25 minutes was utilized.
  • the flow rate was constant at 20 mL/min. Reactions carried out in a microwave were done so in a Biotage Initiator microwave unit.
  • Example 1 Synthesis of arylamine intermediates Example 1a Intermediates 1 and 2: (7S,8R)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (Intermediate 1) and (7R,8S)-2-amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (Intermediate 2)
  • the reaction mixture was stirred under N 2 at 70 °C for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EA (250 mL x 3).
  • the organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the residue.
  • the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (ACN-H 2 O gradient with 0.1% TFA additive).
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (37.0 g, 167 mmol, 88.7% yield) as a yellow oil.
  • Step 2 2-Methoxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • a solution of methyl (E)-2-(but-2-en-2-yl)-6-methoxynicotinate (37.0 g, 167 mmol, 1.00 eq) in TfOH (171 g, 1.15 mol, 101 mL, 6.85 eq) was stirred at 80 °C for 0.5 h. The mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature, poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (1000 mL) and extracted with EA (300 mL x 5). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 12 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 1% to 10% MeOH-DCM) to afford the title compounds as a mixture of isomers that were used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 5 rac-(7S,8S)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one and rac-(7S,8R)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • a mixture of rac-(7S,8S)-2-hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one and rac-(7S,8R)-2-hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (26.0 g, 134 mmol, 1 equiv) in POCl 3 (150 mL, 1.61 mol, 11.9 equiv) was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h.
  • reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (2 L) at 0-10 °C.
  • the quenched mixture was extracted with EA (300 mL x 3) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.
  • the cis-and trans- racemic isomers were separated by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18250*50mm*10 um; mobile phase: [water(0.1%TFA)-ACN];B%: 35% ACN-55% CAN over 20min).
  • Step 6 (7S,8R)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (7R,8S)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one rac-(7S,8R)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250mm x 50mm,10um); mobile phase: MeOH in CO 2 ) to give the first eluting isomer (peak 1) as a white solid and second eluting isomer (peak 2) as a white solid.
  • SFC columnumn: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250mm x 50mm,10um); mobile phase: MeOH in CO 2
  • Step 7 (7S,8R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one DIPEA (7.48 g, 57.8 mmol, 10.1 mL, 2.50 eq) and DMBNH2 (5.03 g, 30.1 mmol, 4.53 mL, 1.30 eq) were added to a solution of (7S,8R)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (1 st eluting isomer (peak 1) from Step 6 above) (4.90 g, 23.1 mmol, 1.00 eq) in NMP (50.0 mL).
  • Step 8 (7S,8R)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • a solution of (7S,8R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (7.93 g, 23.1 mmol, 1.00 eq) in HCl/dioxane (4.00 M, 50.0 mL, 8.64 eq) was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h.
  • Steps 9 and 10 (7R,8S)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one
  • the title compound (Intermediate 2) was prepared separately from (7R,8S)-2-chloro- 7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (the second eluting isomer (peak 2) of Step 6) using the same two-step procedure as described in Steps 7 and 8 for Intermediate 2.
  • MS (ES+) C10H12N2O2 requires: 192, found: 193[M+H] + .
  • Steps 1-5 rac 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • the title compound was prepared from methyl 2-chloro-6-methoxynicotinate and 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3-methylbut-2-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane using similar procedures as described above in Steps 1-3 and 5-7 for Intermediate 1.
  • Step 6 (R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (S)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8- dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • Rac 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS-H (250mm*30mm,5um); mobile phase: [0.1% NH4OH MeOH in CO2]) to give (R)-2-((2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,
  • Step 7 and 8 (R)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one and (S)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
  • the title compounds (Intermediates 3 and 4) were prepared separately from the 1 st and 2 nd eluting isomers, i.e., (R)-2-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (S)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl- 7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one, using the
  • Step 4 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl) methanamine (160 g, 957 mmol, 1.50 eq) was added to a solution of 2-chloro-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (135 g, 638 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DIPEA (222 mL, 1.28 mol, 2.00 eq) in NMP (1.08 L) at ambient temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was heated to 140 °C for 2 h, and then was cooled to ambient temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was then partitioned between water (700 mL) and EA.
  • the layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EA (500 mL x 3).
  • the organic layers were combined and washed with brine (400 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (160 g).
  • the crude product was used for next step directly.
  • Step 5 2-Amino-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.20 L, 11.0 equiv) was added to : 2-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl) amino)-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (150 g, 438 mmol, 1.00 eq) at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C for 2 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum.
  • Step 1 Methyl 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)acetate LiHMDS (1 M, 388 mL) was added to a solution of 3-bromo-6-chloro-2- methylpyridine (20.0 g, 96.9 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 25 °C under nitrogen. After 2.5 h, dimethyl carbonate (14.0 g, 155 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred at 25 °C for 13.5 h. The reaction mixture was then was added to saturated aqueous NH4Cl (1000 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 3 (1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol
  • Diisobutylaluminium hydride (1 M, 56 mL) was added to a solution of methyl 1-(3- bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate (5.40 g, 18.6 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) at –78 °C under nitrogen.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at –78 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated NH 4 Cl solution (50 mL), diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 4 Methyl 5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine]-2'- carboxylate
  • Triethylamine (2.31 g, 22.9 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 were added to a solution of (1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol in MeOH (25 mL) and DMF (25 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step 5 5'-Oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine]-2'-carboxylic acid
  • Lithium hydroxide 555 mg, 23.2 mmol
  • methanol 30 mL
  • water 10 mL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was concentrated to remove the methanol.
  • the mixture was diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the aqueous layer was acidified by addition aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (6 M, 5 mL), then the mixture was extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.20 g, 71% yield) as a brown solid that was used without further purification.
  • Step 6 tert-Butyl (5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'- yl)carbamate
  • Triethylamine (831 mg, 8.21 mmol) and diphenyl phosphoryl azide (2.26 g, 8.21 mmol) were added to a solution of 5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridine]-2'-carboxylic acid (1.20 g, 5.47 mmol) in tert-butanol (20 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with water (60 mL), and extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 50% EA- petroleum ether) to give the title compound (330 mg, 19% yield) as a yellow solid and 2'- amino-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one (420 mg, 28% yield) as a yellow oil.
  • Step 7 2'-Amino-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one HCl in dioxane (4.0 M, 0.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (5'-oxo-5'H,7'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (100 mg, 344 ⁇ mol) in dioxane (1.5 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min, then was concentrated.
  • Step 2 1-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)ethan-1-ol Methylmagnesium bromide (3 M, 17 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-bromo-6- chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carbaldehyde (2.60 g, 9.98 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min, then was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (80 mL), diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with EA (80 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Steps 3-5 tert-Butyl (7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate
  • the title compound was prepared from 1-(1-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2- yl)cyclopropyl)ethan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 4-6 for Intermediate 7 above.
  • Step 6 tert-Butyl (R)-(7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate and tert-butyl (S)-(7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate tert-Butyl (7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]- 2'-yl)carbamate (400 mg) was separated by SFC (column: REGIS (s,s) WHELK-O1 (250 mm ⁇ 50 mm, 10 um), EtOH gradient in CO 2 with 0.1% NH 4 OH)
  • Step 7 One of (R or S)-2'-amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one TFA (2.31 g, 20.3 mmol) was added to a solution of one of tert-butyl (R or S)-(7'- methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (first eluting isomer from Step 6, 100 mg) in DCM (6 mL).
  • Step 8 The remaining one of (R or S)-2'-amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one
  • the title compound (Intermediate 9) was prepared from one of tert-butyl (R or S)-(7'- methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (second eluting isomer from Step 6) using the same procedure as described in Step 7 for Intermediate 8.
  • Step 1 2-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)propan-2-ol
  • MeMgBr 3 M, 14.9 mL
  • Steps 2-5 2'-Amino-7',7'-dimethyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-5'-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 2-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl) cyclopropyl)propan-2-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 4-6 for Intermediate 7 and Step 7 of Intermediate 8 above.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, then was diluted EA (200 mL) and washed with brine (200 mL ⁇ 3). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (7.00 g, 39% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 2 Methyl 3-(6-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)propanoate Pd/C (100 mg, 10% purity) was added to a solution of methyl (E)-3-(6-((tert-butoxy carbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)acrylate (7.00 g, 25.2 mmol) in methanol (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h under hydrogen, then was filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 3 tert-Butyl (6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate Methyl magnesium bromide (3 M, 35.7 mL) was added to a solution of methyl 3-(6- ((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)propanoate (6.00 g, 21.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at 0°C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 15% to 50% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (5.00 g, 15.9 mmol, 74 % yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 4 tert-Butyl (5-bromo-6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate N-Bromosuccinimide (3.17 g, 17.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate (5.00 g, 17.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h, then was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 5 6-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)nicotinic acid
  • n-Butyllithium 2.5 M, 11.1 mL
  • tert-butyl (5-bromo-6-(3- hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate 2.00 g, 5.57 mmol
  • tetrahydrofuran 50 mL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 min, then carbon dioxide was added, and the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 20 min.
  • reaction mixture was then poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL ⁇ 3). The organic layers were discarded, and aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the aqueous layer to adjust pH ⁇ 7. The mixture was extracted with EA (30 mL ⁇ 5), and the combined organic layers was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (200 mg, crude) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 6 tert-Butyl (7,7-dimethyl-5-oxo-5,7,8,9-tetrahydrooxepino[4,3-b]pyridin-2- yl)carbamate
  • Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (229 mg, 1.11 mmol, 225 ⁇ L) was added to a solution of 6-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)nicotinic acid (180 mg, crude) and 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (33.9 mg, 277 ⁇ mol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h, then was concentrated to give the residue.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 °C, then iodomethane (7.38 g, 51.9 mmol) was added.
  • the reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 45 minutes, then was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL ⁇ 2).
  • the combined organic layers were concentrated to give a residue.
  • the residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 10% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (5.5 g, 90% yield) as a yellow oil.
  • Step 2 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-ol
  • the title compound was prepared from methyl 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2- methylpropanoate using a procedure similar to that described in Step 3 of Intermediate 7.
  • Steps 3-7 (rac)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-on
  • the title compound was prepared from 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2- methylpropan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 1-5 of Intermediate 8.
  • C 11 H 14 N 2 O 2 requires: 206, found: 207 [M+H] + .
  • Step 8 (R)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one or (S)-2-amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (rac)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (120 mg) was separated by SFC (column: REGIS (s,s) WHELK-O1 (250 mm ⁇ 50 mm, 10 um), MeOH gradient in CO2 with 0.1% NH4OH) to give two peaks separately.
  • SFC columnumn: REGIS (s,s) WHELK-O1 (250 mm ⁇ 50 mm, 10 um), MeOH gradient in CO2 with 0.1% NH4OH
  • the mixture was allowed to warm to 25 °C and stirred at 25 °C for 6 h.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between water (10.0 L) and EA (5.0 L). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (5.0 L x 2). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4. The dried solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (270 g, crude) as a dark brown solid.
  • Step 2 2-(4-Aminopyrimidin-2-yl)propan-2-ol Methylmagnesium bromide (900 mL, 3.0 M, 5.0 eq) was added to a solution of ethyl 4-aminopyrimidine-2-carboxylate (90.0 g, 538 mmol, 1.00 eq) in 2-MeTHF (1.00 L) at -20 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed warm to 0 °C and stirred at that temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10.0 L) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (3.0 L x 4).
  • Step 3 2-(2-Fluoropropan-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine DAST (414 mL, 3.13 mol, 10.0 eq) was added to a solution of 2-(4-aminopyrimidin- 2-yl)propan-2-ol (48.0 g, 313 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (1.30 L) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h, and then was diluted with water (4.50 L).
  • the reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with EA (800 mL) and H 2 O (300 mL).
  • the biphasic mixture was then filtered through celite, then partitioned.
  • the organic layer was washed with brine (500 mL x 4), and then the organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (41.0 g, 39.0% yield) as a light yellow solid.
  • Step 2 5-Amino-3-isopropylpyrazine-2-carbonitrile Pd/C (10 wt%, 10.0 g) was added to a solution of 5-amino-3-(prop-1-en-2- yl)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (45.0 g, 281 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (800 mL). The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H 2 three times. The reaction mixture was stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 25 °C for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was treated with petroleum ether/EA (110 mL, 10:1) and stirred at 25°C for 10 min, then filtered.
  • Pd/C 10 wt%, 10.0 g
  • Example 2 Synthesis of arylchloride intermediates
  • Example 2a 4-Bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one NBS (70.9 g, 398 mmol, 1.20 eq) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-2,7- naphthyridin-1(2H)-one (60.0 g, 332 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (600 mL).
  • Example 2b Intermediate 20: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-ol
  • Step 1 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine
  • K2CO3 111 g, 809 mmol, 3.00 eq
  • Step 2 6-Chloro-4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine
  • 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (47.0 g, 171 mmol, 1.00 eq)
  • tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (74.4 g, 206 mmol, 69.6 mL, 1.20 eq)
  • Pd(PPh3)4 (19.8 g, 17.1 mmol, 0.10 eq) in toluene (500 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h under N2.
  • Step 3 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • Aqueous HCl (1.50 M, 20.1 mL, 0.10 eq) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-4-(1- ethoxyvinyl)-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (80.0 g, 302 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (480 mL) and H 2 O (80 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (500 mL) and extracted with EA (300 mL x 2).
  • Step 4 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-ol
  • MeOH MeOH
  • NaBH4 120 mg, 3.17 mmol
  • the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 10 min, then was quenched by addition of water (5 mL) and extracted with EA (5mL x 3). The combined organic layers were concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 1 4-Bromo-6-chloro-N-methyl-2,7-naphthyridin-1-amine
  • DMF dimethyl-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one
  • Step 4 2-(6-Chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
  • 1-(6-chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one 100 mg, 424 umol
  • MeMgBr 3 M, 424 uL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of water (17 mL) and extracted with EA (15 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 1 6-Chloro-1-methoxy-4-vinyl-2,7-naphthyridine
  • 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (23.5 g, 85.9 mmol)
  • Potassium trifluoro(vinyl)borate (15.0 g, 112 mmol)
  • Et3N 17.4 g, 172 mmol
  • Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (6.29 g, 8.59 mmol) in H 2 O (48 mL) and EtOH (480 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then diluted with EA (300 mL) and brine (100 mL).
  • Step 2 6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine-4-carbaldehyde A solution of 6-chloro-1-methoxy-4-vinyl-2,7-naphthyridine (800 mg, 3.63 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was cooled to -78 °C, then ozone was bubbled into the reaction mixture.
  • Step 3 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol
  • 6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine-4-carbaldehyde 100 mg, 284 umol
  • EtMgBr 5.65 g, 39.8 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 h, then was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL ⁇ 3).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h, then was quenched with saturated aqueous Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution (100 mL). The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to remove the organic solvents. The water layer was extracted with EA (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (9.8 g, crude) as a yellow solid that was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-2-methoxyethan-1-ol
  • 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (1 g, 3.93 mmol) and TBAB (127 mg, 393 umol) in H 2 O (4 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (471 mg, 11.8 mmol) in H2O (4 mL), then Me2SO4 (594 mg, 4.71 mmol) was added.
  • the mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O ETOH]; B%: 25%-25%) to give the title compound as the second eluting peak.
  • Step 1 4-Bromo-6-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-2,7-naphthyridin-1-amine
  • the reaction mixture was then poured into water (200 mL) and filtered.
  • the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (2.50 g, crude) as a yellow solid that was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Steps 2-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-2,7- naphthyridin-1-amine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • Step 4 (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
  • EtMgBr 3 M, 3 mL
  • racemate was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IC (250mm*30mm, 10um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH 3 H 2 O MEOH]; B%: 40%-40%) to give the first of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1- (cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1- (cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 27, 120 mg, 33 % yield) as a yellow solid and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-
  • Step 2 5-Bromo-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine N-(5-Bromo-2-methoxybenzyl)-2,2-diethoxyacetimidamide (11 g, 31.9 mmol) was added to H 2 SO 4 (111.61 g, 1.1 mol, 60.6 mL, 98% purity) at 0 °C, and then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h under an atmosphere of N2. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NaOH (120 g) in H2O (5 L) at 0 °C and extracted with 2-MeTHF (1L ⁇ 2).
  • Step 3 5-(1-Ethoxyvinyl)-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine Pd(PPh3)4 (1.02 g, 884.8 ⁇ mol) and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (6.79 g, 18.8 mmol, 6.3 mL) were added to a solution of 5-bromo-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine (2.8 g, 11.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 4 h under N2 atmosphere.
  • reaction mixture was quenched by addition of aqueous CsF solution (60 mL) at 0 °C and extracted with EA (40 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution (50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.7 g, crude) as a brown oil which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 4 1-(3-Amino-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one
  • a mixture of 5-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine (2.7 g, 11.1 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and HCl (1M, 11 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min under N2 atmosphere.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered to give the title compound (1.1 g, crude) as a yellow solid which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 5 1-(3-Chloro-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one Pyridine hydrochloride (1.03 g, 8.9 mmol), CuCl (25.2 mg, 254.3 umol, 6.08 uL) and NaNO 2 (614.2 mg, 8.9 mmol) were added to a solution of 1-(3-amino-8-methoxyisoquinolin- 5-yl)ethan-1-one (550 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) under N2 atmosphere.
  • Step 6 2-(3-Chloro-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)propan-2-ol MeMgBr (3M in THF, 1.41 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-Chloro-8- methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one (200 mg, 848.7 umol) in THF (2 mL) under N 2 atmosphere, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of H2O (10 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 h, then additional cyclopropanol (4.39 g, 75.6 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and it was heated to 70 °C for another 3 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then concentrated to give a residue.
  • the residue was diluted with water (200 mL), filtered and the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (11.3 g, 99% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Steps 2-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • Step 4 2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
  • the title compound was prepared from 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)ethan-1-one using a procedure similar to the that described in Step 1 of Intermediate 22.
  • Steps 2-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • Step 4 (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6- chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
  • the racemate of the title compound was prepared from 1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one using a procedure similar to the that described in Step 4 of Intermediate 27.
  • Step 2 6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine
  • mCPBA 7.07 g, 32.8 mmol, 80% purity
  • Step 3 2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propane-1,2-diol
  • a solution of 6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine (2.2 g, 7.95 mmol) in THF (16 mL) was added a solution of H 2 SO 4 (780 mg, 7.95 mmol) in H2O (4 mL) dropwise at 25 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 0.5 h, then was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL).
  • Step 4 (S)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2- ol and (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2-ol
  • 2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propane-1,2-diol 500 mg, 1.33 mmol
  • THF 10 mL
  • NaH 133 mg, 3.33 mmol, 60% purity
  • Steps 2-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl) methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • Step 4 2-(6-Chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan- 2-ol
  • 1-(6-chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one 310 mg, 1.05 mmol
  • MeMgBr 3 mol, 1.75mL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h, then was quenched by addition of water (30 mL) at 20 °C.
  • the mixture was extracted with EA (30 mL ⁇ 2), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18150 ⁇ 40 mm ⁇ 15 um; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B%: 47%-77%, 11 min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (110 mg, 27% yield) as a yellow oil.
  • Step 1 1-(3-((4-Bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one
  • Sodium hydride (2.15 g, 53.8 mmol, 60 wt%) was added to a solution of 1-(3- hydroxyazetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Combi-Blocks #ST-8959) (5.16 g, 44.8 mmol) in THF (200 mL) at 0 °C.
  • Step 2 1-(3-((6-Chloro-4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1- yl)ethan-1-one
  • a mixture of compound tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (9.14 g, 25.3 mmol1-(3-((4- bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (8.20 g, 23.0 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (2.66 g, 2.30 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h.
  • reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, quenched by addition aqueous saturated KF (300 mL), diluted with water (100 mL), and extracted with EA (200 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel to give the title compound (7.50 g, 94% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 3 1-(3-((4-Acetyl-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one
  • Aqueous hydrochloric acid (6 M, 0.5 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-((6-chloro- 4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (6.90 g, 19.8 mmol) in THF (105 mL) and water (35 mL) at 20 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 h, then was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 100% EA-PE) to give the title compound (5.00 g, 79% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Steps 4 and 5 1-(3-((6-Chloro-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1- yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one Methylmagnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 14 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-((4-acetyl-6-chl oro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (4.50 g, 14.1 mmol) in THF (200 mL) at 0 °C.
  • Step 1 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridine NaH (60 wt%, 0.863 g, 21.6 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2-difluoroethan-1-ol (1.624 g, 19.79 mmol) in DMF (36 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (5.0 g, 18 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at 25 °C for 3 h.
  • reaction mixture was then diluted with EA and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (20-100% EA-Hexanes) to give the title compound (2.1 g, 36% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Steps 2-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7- naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • Step 4 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol Cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M, 3.49 mL, 1.74 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (0.25 g, 0.87 mmol) at 25 °C.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 15 min, then was quenched by addition of water (30 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150*25 mm* 5 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; B%: 41%-61%, 10min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (250 mg, 65% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Steps 1-3 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • the title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine and 2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Step 1 of Intermediate 44 and Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with EA (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • the residue was purified by prep-HPLC column (Phenomenex Gemini-NX C1875*30mm*3um; mobile phase: [water (0.1%TFA)-ACN]; B%: 55%-65%, 7min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (50.0 mg, 15% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • racemic mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H (250mm*30mm, 5um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O IPA]; B%: 20%-20%) to give the first one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol or (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 49, 35.0 mg, 39% yield) as a white oil and the second one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol or (R)-1
  • Step 1 1-(6-Chloro-1-hydroxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • aqueous HCl (6 M, 20 mL)
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, then was diluted with water (80 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 2 1-(1,6-Dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one
  • 1-(6-Chloro-1-hydroxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (1.00 g, 4.49 mmol) was added to POCl3 (10 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 23 °C and slowly poured into saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (500 mL). The mixture was extracted with EA (200 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 3 1-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one
  • THF 10 mL
  • NaH 199 mg, 4.98 mmol, 60% purity
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then 1-(1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (1.00 g, 4.15 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 4 2-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-2-ol
  • 1-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)ethan-1-one 350 mg, 986 ⁇ mol
  • THF 10 mL
  • MeMgBr 3 M, 1.64 mL
  • the cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 15 min.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL x 3). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 3 6-Chloro-4-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine
  • 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridine (2.00 g, 5.09 mmol)
  • 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,2- dioxaborolane (974 mg, 5.35 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (373 mg, 509 ⁇ mol), and K 2 CO 3 (1.41 g, 10.2 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h.
  • Step 4 6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine-4- carbaldehyde
  • 6-chloro-4-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine (1.20 g, 3.26 mmol) in MeOH (1.2 mL) and DCM (36 ml) was cooled to -78 °C.
  • Step 5 (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-1-ol and ®-1-(6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)propan-1-ol
  • EtMgBr 3 M, 1.46 ml
  • Example 2aa Intermediates 57 and 58: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4- (methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol Step 1: (2R,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol To a solution of (2R,4R)-pentane-2,4-diol (3.80 g, 36.5 mmol) in THF (120 mL) was added NaH (1.75 g, 43.8 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C.
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, then tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (6.05 g, 40.1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1.5 h.
  • the reaction mixture was then added to water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (150 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 3 (2S,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol
  • (2S,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl 4-nitrobenzoate (1.50 g, 4.08 mmol) in THF (12 mL) and water (4 mL) was added LiOH•H2O (977 mg, 40.8 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1 h, then was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Step 4 (2S,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl methanesulfonate
  • TEA 1.24 g, 12.2 mmol
  • MsCl 934 mg, 8.15 mmol
  • reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, then was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (80 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.20 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 5 tert-Butyldimethyl(((2R,4R)-4-(methylthio)pentan-2-yl)oxy)silane
  • 2S,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl methanesulfonate (1.20 g, 4.05 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added sodium methanethiolate (709 mg, 10.1 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was diluted with water (80 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL ⁇ 3).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (30 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.10 g, 97% yield) as a yellow oil that was used without further purification.
  • Step 7 (2R,4R)-4-(Methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-ol
  • aqueous HCl (6 M, 2 mL)
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue.
  • Step 8 2-(1,6-Dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
  • 1-(1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one 540 mg, 2.24 mmol
  • EtMgBr 3 M, 2.24 mL
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL), diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0 ⁇ 40% EA/PE) to give the title compound (320 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow solid.
  • Step 9 (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
  • 2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-ol 290 mg, 1.07 mmol
  • THF 12 mL
  • Example 2ab Intermediate 59: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-phenylethan- 1-ol
  • Step 1 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-phenylethan-1-ol
  • 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (0.15 g, 0.571 mmol) was stirred in THF (5.71 ml) at 23 °C and phenylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M, 0.685 ml, 0.685 mmol) was added.
  • Example 2ac Intermediate 60: 4-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ol Step 1: -(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol n-Butyllithium (421 ⁇ l, 1.052 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-bromo-6- chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (300 mg, 1.001 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at -78 °C.
  • Example 3a Synthetic Method 1 (7S,8R)-2-((5-(2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl)-8-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-3-yl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (Compound 57) Step 1: (7S,8R)-2-((5-(2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl)-8-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-3-yl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one To a solution of 2-(6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfony
  • Example 4 Inhibition of MAP4K1 Biochemical Enzymatic Activity MAP4K1 (HPK1) and relevant off-target enzymatic activity was monitored using the Perkin Elmer electrophoretic mobility shift technology platform – the EZReader 2. Fluorescent labeled substrate peptide was incubated in the presence of kinase and ATP, and in the presence of dosed compound, such that each dose of compound resulted in a reflective proportion of the peptide to be phosphorylated.
  • the mixed pool of phosphorylated (product) and non- phosphorylated (substrate) peptides was passed through the microfluidic system of the PerkinElmer EZ Reader 2, under an applied electric potential difference.
  • the presence of the phosphate group on the product peptide provided a difference in mass and charge between that of the substrate peptide, resulting in a separation of the substrate and product pools in the sample (Perrin et al. 2010).
  • Enzyme Activity Inhibition Assay Protocol Inhibitors were dissolved in 100% DMSO at a stock concentration of 10 mM. A 100X, 10-point, 4-fold serial dilution of each inhibitor was created in 100% DMSO either manually or on a Hamilton STAR liquid handler, starting at a relevant concentration, usually 1 mM. A volume of 0.130 ⁇ L of each concentration was transferred to the relevant wells of a 384-well plate (Greiner 781 201) in duplicate using a TTPLabtech Mosquito nano-litre dispenser.
  • Enzyme activity assays at the APP K M for ATP or 1 mM ATP were added to the 130 nL of dosed compound as follows (see table below for final reaction details): Enzyme activity assays at the APP K M for ATP or 1 mM ATP: In each well of a 384- well plate, 0.1 - 15 nM of untreated enzyme was incubated in a total of 13 ⁇ L of buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 10 mM MgCl2, 1mM DTT) with 1.5 ⁇ M fluorescent peptide and 20 - 1000 ⁇ M ATP, at 25 o C, for 60 - 180 minutes in the presence or absence of a dosed concentration series of compound (1% DMSO final concentration).
  • buffer 100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 10 mM MgCl2, 1mM DTT
  • the kinase reactions were stopped by the addition of 70 ⁇ l of Stop buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 35 mM EDTA and 0.2% of Coating Reagent 3 (Caliper Lifesciences)). The plates were read on a Caliper EZReader 2 as described above.
  • Stop buffer 100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 35 mM EDTA and 0.2% of Coating Reagent 3 (Caliper Lifesciences)
  • T Cell Enhancement of Cytokines Isolation and Expansion of T cells from whole blood T cells are isolated from whole blood of healthy donors by immunomagnetic negative selection following manufacture’s protocol (StemCell Technologies, human T cell isolation kit). Purity of isolated cells is assessed by flow cytometry and yields 95-98% CD3 + T cells.
  • T cells 1x10 6 cells/well are plated in serum free cell expansion media (ThermoFisher) containing 30U of recombinant human IL2 (R&D) and stimulated with 25ul of CD3/CD28 beads (Invitrogen) in 24 well plates for 3-4 days.
  • T cells are then expanded in 175cm flasks and maintained at a cell density of 1 to 2.5x10 6 cells/ml days by addition of 2/3 of fresh media every 2-3 days. After 10-14 days, cells are frozen in BamBanker freezing media (Thermo) and stored in liquid nitrogen. Phenotypic analysis of expanded T cells by flow cytometry, routinely shows 60% cells are CD8 + T cells upon freezing. Cytokine Measurement For IL2 measurement, expanded CD3 + T cells are dispensed at 100K cells/well (cultured in X-VIVO 10 Serum-free media) and are stimulated with plate-bound anti-CD3 and soluble anti-CD28 in the presence of vehicle or compound of the disclosure at various concentrations for 24h.
  • mice are randomized into treatment groups, 10 mice per group, with tumors in the size range of 30-70 mm 3 .
  • Compounds of the disclosure 10-30 mg/kg, anti-mouse PD-L1 mAb (B7 H1, clone # 10F.9G2 Bio-X-cell, Riverside, NH) and vehicle either alone or in different combinations are administered to tumor bearing mice. Reduction in tumor volume is measured [mm 3 ] over time.
  • Claims or descriptions that include “or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context.
  • the disclosure includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
  • the disclosure includes embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
  • the disclosure encompasses all variations, combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the listed claims are introduced into another claim.
  • any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim.
  • elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group.
  • certain embodiments of the disclosure or aspects of the disclosure consist, or consist essentially of, such elements and/or features. For purposes of simplicity, those embodiments have not been specifically set forth in haec verba herein. Where ranges are given, endpoints are included.

Abstract

One embodiment of the disclosure is a compound represented by Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formula I are defined herein. Compounds of Formula I are MAP4K1 inhibitors, which can be used to treat a diseases or disorders in a subject that benefits from control of MAP4K1 activity.

Description

MAP4K1 INHIBITORS RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/222,341, filed July 15, 2021, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. FIELD This application is directed to MAP4K1 inhibitors and methods for their use, such as to control the activity of MAP4K1 in a subject. BACKGROUND MAP4K1, also known as hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 (HPKl), was originally cloned from hematopoietic progenitor cells (Hu, M.C., et al., Genes Dev, 1996.10(18): p. 2251-64). MAP4K1 is of particular interest as a target, because it is predominantly expressed in hematopoietic cells such as T cells, B cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, neutrophils, and mast cells (Hu, M.C., et al, Genes Dev, 1996.10(18): p.2251-64; Kiefer, F., et al, EMBO J, 1996.15(24): p.7013-25). MAP4K1 kinase activity has been shown to be induced upon activation of T cell receptors (TCR) (Liou, J., et al., Immunity, 2000.12(4): p.399-408), B cell receptors (BCR) (Liou, J., et al., Immunity, 2000.12(4): p.399-408), transforming growth factor receptor (TGF- R) (Wang, W., et al, J Biol Chem, 1997.272(36): p.22771-5; Zhou, G., et al, J Biol Chem, 1999.274(19): p.13133-8), or Gs-coupled PGE2 receptors (EP2 and EP4) (Ikegami, R, et al, J Immunol, 2001.166(7): p.4689-96). As such, MAP4K1 regulates diverse functions of various immune cells. MAP4K1 is important in regulating the functions of various immune cells and it has been implicated in autoimmune diseases and anti-tumor immunity (Shui, J.W., et al, Nat Immunol, 2007.8(1): p.84-91; Wang, X., et al, J Biol Chem, 2012.287(14): p.11037-48). Those observations suggested that attenuation of MAP4K1 activity may contribute to autoimmunity in patients. Furthermore, MAP4K1 may also control anti-tumor immunity via T cell-dependent mechanisms. In the PGE2-producing Lewis lung carcinoma tumor model, the tumors developed more slowly in MAP4K1 knockout mice as compared to wild-type mice (see US 2007/0087988). In addition, it was shown that adoptive transfer of MAP4K1 deficient T cells was more effective in controlling tumor growth and metastasis than wild- type T cells (Alzabin, S., et al., Cancer Immunol Immunother, 2010.59(3): p.419-29). Similarly, bone marrow derived dendritic cells (BMDCs) from MAP4K1 knockout mice were more efficient to mount a T cell response to eradicate Lewis lung carcinoma as compared to wild-type BMDCs (Alzabin, S., et al., J Immunol, 2009.182(10): p.6187-94). Data obtained from MAP4K1 kinase dead mice demonstrated that MAP4K1 kinase activity is critical in conferring suppressive functions of MAP4K1 in a wide range of immune cells including CD4+, CD8+, DC, NK to T regulatory cells (Tregs) and inactivation of kinase domain was sufficient to elict robust anti-tumor immune responses. Liu et al., PLoS ONE 14(3):e0212670 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0212670. Moreover, loss of MAP4K1 kinase function suppresses tumor growth in preclinical tumor models and therapeutic co-blockade of MAP4K1 kinase and PD-L1 enhances anti-tumor responses. Hernandez S. et al., Cell Reports 201825: p.80-94. Recently presented results show tumor growth inhibition in a CT-26 syngeneic mouse model using a small molecule MAP4K1 inhibitor (Seungmook, L., Cancer research.AACR Journal, 2019, Abstract 4150). These data have validated MAP4K1 as a novel drug target for enhancing antitumor immunity. Accordingly, there is a need for new compounds that modulate MAP4K1 activity for the treatment of MAP4K1-dependent diseases or disorders such as cancer, viral infection, and other diseases and disorders. Of particular importance is the need for new compounds that selectively modulate MAP4K1 activity. SUMMARY Provided herein are compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and compositions which inhibit MAP4K1, thereby enhancing an immune response in a subject. For example, the IC50 values for inhibition of MAP4K1 provided in Table 3 demonstrate that these compounds are potent inhibitors of MAP4K1. Also disclosed are methods of using the compounds and compositions described herein for treating cancer and viral infection. A first embodiment of the disclosure is a compound represented by Formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A1 is selected from N and CH; A2 is selected from CH and N; X is selected from C1-3 alkyl, OR3, NHR4 and halogen; B is selected from CR5 and N, Y is CR6, or Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or C5-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R7; R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted with OR8, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl or 4 to 6-membered heterocycle; R3 is selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-3 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1- 3 R10; R5 is selected from hydrogen, COOH, CN, halogen, and C1-3 alkoxy; R6 is selected from C1-5 alkyl, C4-6 cycloalkyl, 3 to 6-membered heterocycle, NHR11, NR12R13 and OR14, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycle is optionally substituted with OH, NH2, 1-4 halogen or R15; each R7 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen and OH, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen, or two R7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5 cycloalkyl; R8 is H or C1-3 alkyl. each R9 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halogen, halogen, C(O)Me, SO2Me, C(O)NR16R17, C1-3 alkoxy, and OH; each R10 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halogen, halogen, SO2Me, C(O)NR16R17, C1-3 alkoxy, and OH; R11 is selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R12 and R13 are each is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R14 is selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R15 is OH, C1-3 alkyl or C3-5 cycloalkyl; R16 and R17 are each is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R19; each R18 is independently halogen; and each R19 is independently halogen. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method of inhibiting MAP4K1 in a subject in need thereof, comprising contacting MAP4K1 with an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method for enhancing an immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a method of treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s). Another embodiment of the disclosure is the use of a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s), for the preparation of a medicament for treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound(s), for use in treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease (e.g., treating a cancer) in a subject in need thereof. DETAILED DESCRIPTION The disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are MAP4K1 inhibitors, which can be used for treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease. Such diseases or disorders include cancer and viral infection. Compound Embodiments Example embodiments include: First embodiment: a compound represented by Formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formula I are described in the summary above. Second embodiment: a compound represented by Formula II:
Figure imgf000006_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formula II are described above in the first embodiment. Third embodiment: a compound represented by Formula III:
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formula III are described above in the first embodiment. Fourth embodiment: a compound represented by Formula IV(A) or IV(B):
Figure imgf000007_0003
Figure imgf000007_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The variables in Formulae IV(A) and IV(B) are described above in the first embodiment.
Fifth embodiment: a compound represented by Formula V:
Figure imgf000008_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7- membered heterocycle or C5-6 cycloalkyl, and said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R7. The variables in Formula V are described above in the first embodiment. Sixth embodiment: a compound represented by Formula VI:
Figure imgf000008_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R7 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen and OH, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5 cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 or 2. The remainder of the variables in Formula VI are described above in the first embodiment. Seventh embodiment: a compound represented by Formula VII:
Figure imgf000009_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. The remainder of the variables in Formula VII are described above in the first and/or sixth embodiment. Eighth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is NHR4, and R4 is CH3 or cyclopropyl. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth and/or seventh embodiments. Ninth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is OR3. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth and/or seventh embodiments. Tenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-2 alkyl, C1-2 haloalkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with OR8, phenyl and C3-4 cycloalkyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 4 to 6-membered heterocycle; and R8 is C1-2 alkyl. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and/or ninth embodiments. Eleventh embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2OCH3, CHF2, CF3, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form tetrahydropyran. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and/or ninth embodiments. Twelfth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2OCH3, CHF2, CF3, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form
Figure imgf000010_0001
. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and/or ninth embodiments. Thirteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-4 cycloalkyl and 4-membered heterocycle; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; and each R9 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen, C(O)Me and SO2Me. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments. Fourteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is 4-membered heterocycle containing nitrogen; R9 is C(O)Me; and a ring nitrogen of the 4-membered heterocycle is bonded to
Figure imgf000010_0002
The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments. Fifteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is selected from CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; and each R9 is independently selected from CH3, F, C(O)Me and SO2Me. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments. Sixteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is selected from CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl, :
Figure imgf000011_0001
and
Figure imgf000011_0002
The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, tenth, eleventh and/or twelfth embodiments. Seventeenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III or IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R5 is CN. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III and IV(B) are describe above in the first, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and/or sixteenth embodiments. Eighteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A) or IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R6 is selected from C1-4 alkyl, and 4 to 5-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl or heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or R15; and R15 is C1-2 alkyl. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A) and IV(B) are describe above in the first, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth and/or seventeeth embodiments. Nineteenth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(A) or IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6 is selected from CH(CH3)2, CF(CH3)2, C(CH3)3,
Figure imgf000011_0003
The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(A) and IV(B) are describe above in the first, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth and/or seventeeth embodiments. Twentieth embodiment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI or VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R7 is independently CH3, or two R7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form cyclopropyl. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI and VII are described above in the first, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and/or sixteenth embodiments. Twentyfirst emboidment: a compound represented by Formulae I, II, III, IV(B) or V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form: and
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein represents a bond to A2, and ―^ represents a bond to N. The remainder of the variables in Formulae I, II, III, IV(B), V, VI and VII are describe above in the first, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth and/or sixteenth embodiments. In one embodiment, the Compounds 71-74 in Table 4, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are excluded from the disclosure. The disclosure also includes the compounds depicted in Table 1 and prepared in the Exemplification, both the neutral form and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The synthetic protocol used to prepare compounds in Table 1 is listed in the last column of Table 1 and full details for each synthetic protocol are described in Scheme 1 in the General Synthetic Methods and Intermediates section. Table 1
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
56 57 58
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Included in the present teachings are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds disclosed herein (including compounds 1-70 disclosed in Table 1 and Exemplification) as well as the corresponding charge neutral form e.g., free base. Another embodiment of the disclosure is a compound disclosed herein, including a compound of Formulae I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI or VII or a compound in Table 1 or in the exemplification or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is replaced with deuterium. The deuterium enrichment at any one of the sites where hydrogen has been replaced by deuterium is at least 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%. Deuterium enrichment is a mole percent and is obtained by dividing the number of compounds with deuterium enrichment at the site of enrichment with the number of compounds having hydrogen or deuterium at the site of enrichment. Definitions As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutical salts that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al. describes pharmacologically acceptable salts in J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66:1-19. Compounds of the present teachings with basic groups can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acid(s). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds described herein include salts of inorganic acids (such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, nitric, and sulfuric acids) and of organic acids (such as acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, methanesulfonic, and p-toluenesulfonic acids). Compounds of the present teachings with acidic groups can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable base(s). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (such as sodium and potassium salts) and alkaline earth metal salts (such as magnesium and calcium salts). The term “alkyl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, such as “alkoxy”, “hydroxyalkyl” and the like, means a saturated aliphatic straight-chain or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical. Unless otherwise specified, an alkyl group typically has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-6 alkyl), (i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6) alternatively, 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C1-3 alkyl) (i.e., 1, 2 or 3). “C1–6 alkyl” is means a radical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in a linear or branched arrangement, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and the like. The term “alkylene” means a bivalent alkyl group, for example C1-C6 alkyl is a group ‒(CH2)n‒ where n is 1 to 6, C1-C3 alkyl is a group ‒(CH2)n‒ where n is 1 to 3, unless otherwise specified. “Cycloalkyl” means a saturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon ring radical. Unless otherwise specified, a cycloalkyl has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (C3-8 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8), alternatively, 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (C3-6 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, 5, or 6), alternatively, 3 to 5 carbon atoms (C3-5 cycloalkyl) (i.e., 3, 4, or 5). “C3-6 Cycloalkyl” means a radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms arranged in a monocyclic ring. A C3-6 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. A C3-5 cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and cyclopentyl. The term “cycloalkyl” also means to include a saturated aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon fused to an aromatic group such as in Formula (I) wherein “Y and B taken together form a C5-6cycloalkyl.” The term “halogen” or “halo” means fluorine or fluoro (F), chlorine or chloro (Cl), bromine or bromo (Br), or iodine or iodo (I). The term “heterocycle” refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing unless otherwise specified, 3 to 8 ring atoms (i.e., “3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 membered”) selected from carbon atom and 1 or 2 heteroatoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, quaternary nitrogen, oxidized nitrogen (e.g., NO); oxygen; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. For example, 4-6 membered heterocycle containing nitrogen refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing 2-5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms; 4-6 membered heterocycle containing oxygen atoms refers to a monocyclic non-aromatic ring radical containing 2-5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 oxygen. Representative heterocycles include azetidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyrindinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like. The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” refers to the group OH. The term “substituted”, whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, refers to the replacement of a hydrogen substituent in a given structure with a non-hydrogen substituent. Thus, for example, a substituted alkyl is an alkyl wherein at least one non-hydrogen substituent is in the place of a hydrogen substituent on the alkyl group. To illustrate, monofluoroalkyl is an alkyl substituted with a fluoro substituent, and difluoroalkyl is an alkyl substituted with two fluoro substituents. It should be recognized that if there is more than one substitution on a substituent, each non-hydrogen substituent can be identical or different (unless otherwise stated). If a group is described as “optionally substituted”, the group can be either (1) not substituted or (2) substituted. If a group is described as optionally substituted with up to a particular number of non- hydrogen substituents, that group can be either (1) not substituted; or (2) substituted by up to that particular number of non-hydrogen substituents or by up to the maximum number of substitutable positions on the substituent, whichever is less. Thus, for example, if a group is described as a cycloalkyl optionally substituted with up to 3 non-hydrogen substituents, then any cycloalkyl with less than 3 substitutable positions would be optionally substituted by up to only as many non-hydrogen substituents as the cycloalkyl has substitutable positions. The term “sulfone” refers to the group –S(O)2–. Compounds having one or more chiral centers can exist in various stereoisomeric forms, i.e., each chiral center can have an R or S configuration or can be a mixture of both. Stereoisomers are compounds that differ only in their spatial arrangement. Stereoisomers include all diastereomeric and enantiomeric forms of a compound. Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. Diastereomers are stereoisomers having two or more chiral centers that are not identical and are not mirror images of each other. When the stereochemical configuration at a chiral center in a compound having one or more chiral centers is depicted by its chemical name (e.g., where the configuration is indicated in the chemical name by “
Figure imgf000043_0001
” or “S”) or structure (e.g., the configuration is indicated by “wedge” bonds), the enrichment of the indicated configuration relative to the opposite configuration is greater than 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% (except when the designation “rac” or “racemate accompanies the structure or name, as explained in the following two paragraphs). “Enrichment of the indicated configuration relative to the opposite configuration” is a mole percent and is determined by dividing the number of compounds with the indicated stereochemical configuration at the chiral center(s) by the total number of all of the compounds with the same or opposite stereochemical configuration in a mixture. When the stereochemical configuration at a chiral center in a compound is depicted by chemical name (e.g., where the configuration is indicated in the name by “R” or “S”) or structure (e.g., the configuration is indicated by “wedge” bonds) and the designation “rac” or “racemate” accompanies the structure or is designated in the chemical name, a racemic mixture is intended. When two or more stereoisomers are depicted by their chemical names or structures, and the names or structures are connected by an “or”, one or the other of the two or more stereoisomers is intended, but not both. The enrichment of one stereoisomer relative to the other is as indicated above. When a disclosed compound having a chiral center is depicted by a structure without showing a configuration at that chiral center, the structure is meant to encompass the compound with the S configuration at that chiral center, the compound with the R configuration at that chiral center, or the compound with a mixture of the R and S configuration at that chiral center. When a disclosed compound having a chiral center is depicted by its chemical name without indicating a configuration at that chiral center with “S” or “R”, the name is meant to encompass the compound with the S configuration at that chiral center, the compound with the R configuration at that chiral center or the compound with a mixture of the R and S configuration at that chiral center. A racemic mixture means a mixture of 50% of one enantiomer and 50% of its corresponding enantiomer. The present teachings encompass all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, diastereomerically pure, diastereomerically enriched, and racemic mixtures, and diastereomeric mixtures of the compounds described herein. Enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Enantiomers and diastereomers can also be obtained from diastereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods. “Peak 1” or “first eluting isomer” in the Experimental section refers to an intended reaction product compound obtained from a chromatography separation/purification that elutes earlier than a second intended reaction product compound from the same preceding reaction. The second intended product compound is referred to as “peak 2” or “second eluting isomer”. When a compound is designated by a name or structure that indicates a single enantiomer, unless indicated otherwise, the compound is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% optically pure (also referred to as “enantiomerically pure”). Optical purity is the weight in the mixture of the named or depicted enantiomer divided by the total weight in the mixture of both enantiomers. When the stereochemistry of a disclosed compound is named or depicted by structure, and the named or depicted structure encompasses more than one stereoisomer (e.g., as in a diastereomeric pair), it is to be understood that, unless otherwise indicated, one of the encompassed stereoisomers or any mixture of the encompassed stereoisomers are included. It is to be further understood that the stereoisomeric purity of the named or depicted stereoisomers at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight. The stereoisomeric purity in this case is determined by dividing the total weight in the mixture of the stereoisomers encompassed by the name or structure by the total weight in the mixture of all of the stereoisomers. Use Embodiments Compounds of the disclosure are MAP4K1 inhibitors. The use of the word “inhibitor” means that a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof inhibits activity of MAP4K1. By “inhibit” herein is meant to decrease the activity of the target enzyme as compared to the activity of that enzyme in the absence of the inhibitor. In some alternatives, the term “inhibit” means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity of at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 79%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95%. In other alternatives, inhibit means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity of 5% to 25%, 25% to 50%, 50 to 70%, 75 to 100%. In some embodiments, inhibit means a decrease in MAP4K1 activity about 95% to 100%, e.g., a decrease in activity of 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%. Such decreases can be measured using a variety of techniques that would be recognizable by one of skill in the art, including in vitro kinase assays. Compounds of the disclosure are selective MAP4K1 inhibitors. As used herein, a “selective MAP4K1 inhibitor” refers to a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which has the ability to selectively inhibit MAP4K1 kinase over other targets. More specifically, a selective MAP4K1 inhibitor has the ability to selectively inhibit MAP4K1 over another kinase. A selective MAP4K1 inhibitor has the ability to selectively reduce target signaling activity relative to off-target signaling activity, via direct or indirect interaction with the target. The ability to selectively target MAP4K1 with a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof provides advantages in terms of improved potency, less off-target activity and an increased probability of clinical success in comparison with a non-selective compound or salt. A MAP4K1 inhibitor that selectively inhibits MAP4K1 may have an activity that is at least 2-fold relative to another kinase (e.g., at least 10-fold; at least 15-fold; at least 20-fold; at least 30-fold; at least 40-fold selectivity; at least 50-fold; at least 60-fold; at least 70-fold; at least 80-fold; at least 90-fold; at least 100-fold; at least 125-fold; at least 150-fold; at least 175-fold; or at least 200-fold. In some alternatives, a selective MAP4K1 inhibitor exhibits at least 15-fold selectivity over another kinase, e.g., LCK and MAP4K family members (MAP4K4 (HGK) and MAP4K3 (GLK)). In some alternatives, the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors are selective over EGFR and L858R/T790M EGFR. In some alternatives, the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors of the disclosure are selective over BTK. In some alternatives, the selective MAP4K1 inhibitors of the disclosure are selective over JNK. The disclosure provides methods of modulating (e.g., inhibiting) MAP4K1 activity in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for therapeutic administration to enhance, stimulate and/or increase immunity in subjects in need thereof, e.g., in cancer patients or patients with viral infection. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof reduce, inhibit, or otherwise diminish pSLP76. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for therapeutic administration to enhancing at least one of activation, priming, migration, proliferation, survival and cytolytic activity of T cells relative to prior to administration. In certain aspects, T cell activation is characterized by enhanced levels of IL- 2, IFN-gamma, or granzyme B production by T cells relative to prior to administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for therapeutic administration to induce a change in cell cycle or cell viability. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for improving function of T effector cells. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for inhibiting the suppressive effects of T regulatory cells or improving the T cell response to immune suppressive factors including adenosine and PGE2. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for increasing the frequency of CD8+ tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILS). In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for enhancing CD3+/Treg ratios. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for enhancing cytokines. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for enhancing cytokines with no impact on IL-6. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, indirectly inhibit the growth of cancer cells. In some instances, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are useful for priming of the immune response (i.e., vaccines) to tumors or viruses for booting or generating anti-viral/anti-tumor immunity. In one instance, the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are used for enhancing or boosting response to a vaccine (such as a cancer vaccine or a personalized cancer vaccine (PCV)) or a CAR-T cell therapy. Methods of treating a MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder can include administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. For example, the MAP4K1- dependent disease or disorder is a cancer. The term “cancer” encompasses all forms of cancer including, but not limited to, all forms of carcinoma, melanomas, blastomas, sarcomas, lymphomas, leukemias. In some embodiments, cancer includes metastatic forms. Additionally, the disclosure includes refractory or recurrent malignancies whose growth may be inhibited using the compounds of the disclosure. For the uses described herein, any of the compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be used alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the treatment results in a sustained response in the subject after cessation of the treatment. “Sustained response” refers to the sustained effect on reducing tumor growth after cessation of a treatment. For example, the tumor size may remain the same or smaller as compared to the size at the beginning of the administration phase. In some embodiments, the sustained response has a duration at least the same as the treatment duration, at least 1.5X, 2.0X, 2.5X, or 3.0X length of the treatment duration. The treatment methods disclosed herein may result in a partial or complete response. As used herein, “complete response” or “CR” refers to disappearance of all target lesions; “partial response” or “PR” refers to at least a 30% decrease in the sum of the longest diameters (SLD) of target lesions, taking as reference the baseline SLD; and “stable disease” or “SD” refers to neither sufficient shrinkage of target lesions to qualify for PR, nor sufficient increase to qualify for PD, taking as reference the smallest SLD since the treatment started. As used herein, “overall response rate” (ORR) refers to the sum of complete response (CR) rate and partial response (PR) rate. The treatment methods disclosed herein can lead to an increase in progression free survival and overall survival of the subject administered the selective MAP4K1 inhibitor. As used herein, “progression free survival” (PFS) refers to the length of time during and after treatment during which the disease being treated (e.g., cancer) does not get worse. Progression-free survival may include the amount of time subjects have experienced a complete response or a partial response, as well as the amount of time subjects have experienced stable disease. As used herein, “overall survival” (OS) refers to the percentage of subjects in a group who are likely to be alive after a particular duration of time. In some embodiments, cancers treatable with compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, include colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, gastric cancer, cancer of the head and neck, lymphoma, leukemia, urothelial carcinoma, merkel cell carcinoma, gastroesophageal junction carcinoma, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, skin squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma. In some embodiments, cancers treatable with compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, cancer of the head and neck, lymphoma, leukemia, and melanoma. In some embodiments, cancers that are treatable using the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include, but are not limited to, solid tumors, including prostate cancer, colon cancer, esophageal cancer, endometrial cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, renal cancer, hepatic cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, head and neck cancer, thyroid cancer, brain cancer, and bladder cancer and hematological cancer, including lymphoma, leukemia (chronic and acute forms) such as ALL, AML, CLL, CML, DLBCL, mantle cell lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL), including relapsed or refractory NHL and recurrent follicular, Hodgkin’s lymphoma and multiple myeloma, and myeloproliferative diseases. In some embodiments, diseases and indications that are treatable using the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include, but are not limited to hematological cancer, sarcomas, respiratory cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, genitourinary tract cancer, liver cancer, bone cancer, nervous system cancer, gynecological cancer, and skin cancer. Exemplary hematological cancer includes, for example, lymphomas and leukemias such as ALL, AML, acute promyelocyte leukemia (APL), CLL, CML, DLBCL, mantle cell lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL), including Primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma (PMBCL), relapsed or refractory NHL, recurrent follicular, and primary CNS lymphoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, myeloproliferative diseases, including, primary myelofibrosis (PMF), polycythemia vera (PV), essential thrombocytosis (ET), myelodysplasia syndrome (MDS), T-cell acute lymphoblastic lymphoma (T-ALL), multiple myeloma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, Waldenstrom's Macroglubulinemia, hairy cell lymphoma, chronic myelogenic lymphoma, and Burkitt's lymphoma. Exemplary sarcoma includes, for example, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, osteosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, liposarcoma, myxoma, rhabdomyoma, rhabdosarcoma, fibroma, lipoma, harmatoma, sarcoma of the soft tissue, and teratoma. Exemplary respiratory tract cancer includes, for example, lung cancer such as non- small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), small cell lung cancer, epidermoid cancer, bronchogenic carcinoma, including squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, adenocarcinoma, alveolar (bronchiolar) carcinoma, bronchial adenoma, chondromatous hamartoma, mesothelioma, and pleuropulmonary blastoma. Exemplary gastrointestinal cancer includes, for example, cancers of the esophagus, including squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and lymphoma; stomach, including carcinoma, lymphoma, and leiomyosarcoma; pancreas, including ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, and vipoma; small instestine, including adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, and fibroma; large intestine, including adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, and leiomyoma; colon; and gall bladder, including adenocarcinoma; and intestinal type and diffuse type gastric adenocarcinoma, rectum carcinoma, familiar adenomatous polyposis carcinoma and hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer. Exemplary genitourinary tract cancer includes, for example, cancers of the kidney, including adenocarcinoma, Wilm's tumor [nephroblastoma], renal cell carcinoma, urothelial carcinoma, juxtaglomerular cell tumor (reninoma), angiomyolipoma, renal oncocytoma, Bellinio duct carcinoma, clear-cell sarcoma of the kidney, and mesoblastic nephroma; adrenal gland; renal pelvis; bladder, including transitional cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcoma, and small cell carcinoma; urethra, including squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; prostate, including adenocarcinoma, sarcoma, and carcinoma; testis, including seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, and lipoma; penis; and pancreas. Exemplary liver cancer includes, for example, hepatoma, including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatoblastoma, angiosarcoma, hepatocellular adenoma, biliary tract cancer, and hemangioma. Exemplary bone cancer includes, for example, osteogenic sarcoma, fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant lymphoma, including reticulum cell sarcoma, multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochronfroma, including osteocartilaginous exostoses, benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma, and giant cell tumors Exemplary nervous system cancer includes, for example, cancer of the skull, including osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, and osteitis deformans; meninges including, meningioma, meningiosarcoma, and gliomatosis; brain, including astrocytoma, meduoblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma (pinealoma), neuroectodermal tumor, glioblastoma, glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, congenital tumors, brain stem and hypopthamic glioma; and spinal cord, including neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, and sarcoma; as well as neuroblastoma and Lhermitte- Duclos disease. Exemplary gynecological cancer includes, for example, cancer of the uterus, including endometrial carcinoma; cervix, including cervical carcinoma, pre-tumor cervical dysplasia, squamouse cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumor, glassy cell carcinoma and villoglandular adenocarcinoma; ovaries, including ovarian carcinoma (serous cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma, endometroid tumor, high-grade serous carcinoma), granulosa-thecal cell tumors, Sertoli-Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, malignant teratoma, and arrhenoblastoma; vulva (squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, and melanoma; vagina, including clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, and botryoid sarcoma (embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma); labia; and fallopian tubes. Exemplary skin cancer includes, for example, melanoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, Merkel cell skin cancer, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, and keloids. Examples of breast cancer include, for example, ER+/HER2- breast cancer, triple- negative breast cancer (TNBC), invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, ductal carcinoma in situ, and lobular carcinoma in situ. Exemplary head and neck cancer includes, for example, glioblastoma, melanoma, rhabdosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, osteosarcoma, squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, oral cancer, throat cancer, including oropharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, nasal and paranasal cancer, salivary gland cancer, mouth cancer, eye cancer, acoustic neuroma, pituitary adenoma, hypopharngx, and thyroid (medullary and papillary) and parathyroid cancer. Other cancers include, for example, sweat gland cancer, spinal axis tumor, chest cancer, sickle cell anemia, and environmentally induced cancers including those induced by asbestos. In some embodiments, compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are for the treatment of advanced melanoma, advanced NSCLC, or advanced head and neck squamous cell cancer, including where the subject was refractory to, or had a partial response to, immune checkpoint inhibitor therapy. In some instances, the MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder is a viral infection, such as infection caused by hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), human papilloma virus (HPV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), herpes simplex virus (HSV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), varicella zoster virus, coxsackie virus, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Combination Therapies Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered as the sole pharmaceutical agent or in combination with one or more other anti- cancer agents for the treatment of cancel, where the combination causes no unacceptable adverse effects. In some embodiments, the other anti-cancer agents are immune-oncology agent, anticancer agents that are enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors, radiation or chemotherapy. Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be co- formulated with an immuno-oncology agent. Immuno-oncology agents include, for example, a small molecule drug, antibody, or other biologic or small molecule. Examples of biologic immuno-oncology agents include, but are not limited to, cancer vaccines, antibodies, and cytokines. In one aspect, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another aspect, the monoclonal antibody is humanized or human. In another aspect, the antibody is a bispecific antibody. In one aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is (i) an agonist of a stimulatory (including a co-stimulatory) receptor or (ii) an antagonist of an inhibitory (including a co-inhibitory) signal on T cells, both of which result in amplifying antigen-specific T cell responses (often referred to as immune checkpoint regulators, in some instances immune checkpoint inhibitors). Certain of the stimulatory and inhibitory molecules are members of the immunoglobulin super family (IgSF). One important family of membrane-bound ligands that bind to co-stimulatory or co-inhibitory receptors is the B7 family, which includes B7-1, B7-2, B7-H1 (PD-L1), B7-DC (PD-L2), B7-H2 (ICOS-L), B7-H3, B7-H4, B7-H5 (VISTA), and B7-H6. Another family of membrane bound ligands that bind to co-stimulatory or co- inhibitory receptors is the TNF family of molecules that bind to cognate TNF receptor family members, which includes CD40 and CD40L, OX-40, OX-40L, CD70, CD27L, CD30, CD30L, 4-1BBL, CD137 (4-1BB), TRAIL/Apo2-L, TRAILR1/DR4, TRAILR2/DR5, TRAILR3, TRAILR4, OPG, RANK, RANKL, TWEAKR/Fnl4, TWEAK, BAFFR, EDAR, XEDAR, TACI, APRIL, BCMA, LTfiR, LIGHT, DcR3, HVEM, VEGI/TL1A, TRAMP/DR3, EDAR, EDA1, XEDAR, EDA2,TNFRl, Lymphotoxin α/ΤΝΡβ, TNFR2, TNF a, LT R, Lymphotoxin a 1β2, FAS, FASL, RELT, DR6, TROY, NGFR. In one aspect, T cell responses can be stimulated by a combination of a compound of the disclosure and one or more of (i) an antagonist of a protein that inhibits T cell activation (e.g., immune checkpoint inhibitors) such as CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, LAG-3, TIM-3, Galectin 9, CEACAM-1, BTLA, CD69, Galectin-1, TIGIT, CD113, GPR56, VISTA, 2B4, CD48, GARP, PD1H, LAIR1, TIM-1, and TIM-4, and (ii) an agonist of a protein that stimulates T cell activation such as B7-1, B7-2, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137), 4-1BBL, ICOS, ICOS-L, OX40, OX40L, GITR, GITRL, CD70, CD27, CD40, DR3 and CD28H. In one aspect, compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered in combination with at least one other immune checkpoint inhibitor. In other aspects, compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered for the treatment of immune checkpoint inhibitor-resistant NSCLC, including where the subject is refractory to, or had a partial response to, platinium and/or paclitaxel and/or docetaxel therapy. Optionally, compounds of the diclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered in combination with at least one other anti-cancer agent, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel or platinum anticancer therapy. Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered for the first line treatment of NSCLC expressing high PD-L1 (≥50% Tumor Proportion Score (TPS), wild-type EGFR, or wild-type ALK). Other agents that can be combined with compounds of the disclosure for the treatment of cancer include antagonists of inhibitory receptors on NK cells or agonists of activating receptors on NK cells. For example, compounds of the disclosure can be combined with antagonists of KIR, such as lirilumab. Yet other agents for combination therapies include agents that inhibit or deplete macrophages or monocytes, including but not limited to CSF-1R antagonists such as CSF-1R antagonist antibodies including RG7155 or FPA-008. In another aspect, compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used with one or more of agonistic agents that ligate positive costimulatory receptors, blocking agents that attenuate signaling through inhibitory receptors, antagonists, and one or more agents that increase systemically the frequency of anti-tumor T cells, agents that overcome distinct immune suppressive pathways within the tumor microenvironment (e.g., block inhibitory receptor engagement (e.g., PD-Ll/PD-1 interactions), deplete or inhibit Tregs (e.g., using an anti-CD25 monoclonal antibody (e.g., daclizumab) or by ex vivo anti- CD25 bead depletion), inhibit metabolic enzymes such as IDO, or reverse/prevent T cell anergy or exhaustion) and agents that trigger innate immune activation and/or inflammation at tumor sites. In some embodiments, the immuno-oncology agent is a CTLA-4 antagonist, such as an antagonistic CTLA-4 antibody. Suitable CTLA-4 antibodies include, for example, YERVOY (ipilimumab) or tremelimumab. In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a PD-1 antagonist, such as an antagonistic PD-1 antibody. Suitable PD-1 antibodies include, for example, OPDIVO (nivolumab), KEYTRUDA (pembrolizumab), or MEDI-0680 (AMP- 514; WO2012/145493). The immuno-oncology agent may also include pidilizumab (CT- 011), though its specificity for PD-1 binding has been questioned. Another approach to target the PD-1 receptor is the recombinant protein composed of the extracellular domain of PD-L2 (B7-DC) fused to the Fc portion of IgGl, called AMP-224 In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a PD-L1 antagonist, such as an antagonistic PD-L1 antibody. Suitable PD-L1 antibodies include, for example, TECENTRIQ (atezolizumab) (RG7446; WO2010/077634), durvalumab (MEDI4736), BMS-936559 (WO2007/005874), and MSB0010718C (WO2013/79174). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a LAG-3 antagonist, such as an antagonistic LAG-3 antibody. Suitable LAG3 antibodies include, for example, BMS-986016 (WO10/19570, WO14/08218), or IMP-731 or IMP-321 (WO08/132601, WO09/44273). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a CD137 (4-1BB) agonist, such as an agonistic CD137 antibody. Suitable CD137 antibodies include, for example, urelumab and PF-05082566 (W012/32433). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a GITR agonist, such as an agonistic GITR antibody. Suitable GITR antibodies include, for example, BMS-986153, BMS-986156, TRX-518 (WO06/105021, WO09/009116) and MK-4166 (WOl 1/028683). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is an IDO antagonist. Suitable IDO antagonists include, for example, INCB-024360 (WO2006/122150, WO07/75598, WO08/36653, WO08/36642), indoximod, or NLG-919 (WO09/73620, WO09/1156652, WOl1/56652, W012/142237). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is an OX40 agonist, such as an agonistic OX40 antibody. Suitable OX40 antibodies include, for example, MEDI-6383 or MEDI-6469. In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is an OX40L antagonist, such as an antagonistic OX40 antibody. Suitable OX40L antagonists include, for example, RG-7888 (WO06/029879). In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a CD40 agonist, such as an agonistic CD40 antibody. In yet another embodiment, the immuno-oncology agent is a CD40 antagonist, such as an antagonistic CD40 antibody. Suitable CD40 antibodies include, for example, lucatumumab or dacetuzumab. In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is a CD27 agonist, such as an agonistic CD27 antibody. Suitable CD27 antibodies include, for example, varlilumab. In another aspect, the immuno-oncology agent is MGA271 (to B7H3) (WOl 1/109400). The compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with anticancer agents that are enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors, exhibiting different preferences in the targets which they modulate the activities of, to treat such conditions. Targeting more than one signaling pathway (or more than one biological molecule involved in a given signaling pathway) may reduce the likelihood of drug-resistance arising in a cell population, and/or reduce the toxicity of treatment. The compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with one or more other enzyme/protein/receptor inhibitors for the treatment of cancer. For example, the compounds of the disclosure can be combined with one or more inhibitors of the following kinases for the treatment of cancer: Aktl, Akt2, Akt3, TGF-βΡν, PKA, PKG, PKC, CaM-kinase, phosphorylase kinase, MEKK, ERK, MAPK, mTOR, EGFR, HER2, HER3, HER4, INS-R, IGF-1R, IR-R, PDGFotR, PDGFpR, CSFIR, KIT, FLK-II, KDR/FLK-1, FLK-4, flt-1, FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3, FGFR4, c-Met, Ron, Sea, TRKA, TRKB, TRKC, FLT3, VEGFR/Flt2, Flt4, EphAl, EphA2, EphA3, EphB2, EphB4, Tie2, Src, Fyn, Lck, Fgr, Btk, Fak, SYK, FRK, JAK, ABL, ALK, and B-Raf. In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be combined with one or more of the following inhibitors for the treatment of cancer. Non-limiting examples of inhibitors that can be combined with the compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for treatment of cancers include an FGFR inhibitor (FGFR1, FGFR2, FGFR3 or FGFR4, e.g., fisogatinib, AZD4547, BAY 1187982, ARQ087, BGJ398, BIBF1120, TKI258, lucitanib, dovitinib, TAS- 120, J J-42756493, Debiol347, INCB54828, INCB62079, and INCB63904), a JAK inhibitor (JAK1 and/or JAK2, e.g., ruxolitinib, baricitinib, or itacitinib (INCB39110)), an IDO inhibitor (e.g., epacadostat and NLG919), an LSD1 inhibitor (e.g., GSK2979552, INCB59872 and INCB60003), a TDO inhibitor, a PI3K-delta inhibitor (e.g., INCB50797 and INCB50465), a PI3K-gamma inhibitor such as a PI3K-gamma selective inhibitor (eganelisib) or a dual PI3K-delta/gamma selective inhibitor (duvelisib), a CSF1R inhibitor (e.g., PLX3397 and LY3022855), a TAM receptor tyrosine kinases (Tyro-3, Axl, and Mer), an angiogenesis inhibitor (Such as Avastin (bevacizumab)), an interleukin receptor inhibitor, bromo and extra terminal family members inhibitors (for example, bromodomain inhibitors or BET inhibitors such as OTX015, CPI-0610, INCB54329, and INCB57643), and an adenosine receptor antagonist or combinations thereof. Inhibitors of HDAC such as panobinostat and vorinostat can be combined with the compounds of the disclosure. Inhibitors of c-Met such as onartumzumab, tivantnib, and capmatinib (INC-280) be combined with the compounds of the disclosure. Inhibitors of BTK such as ibrutinib can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure. Inhibitors of mTOR such as rapamycin, sirolimus, temsirolimus, and everolimus can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure. Inhibitors of Raf, such as vemurafenib and dabrafenib can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure. Inhibitors of MEK such as trametinib, selumetinib and GDC-0973 can be combined with the compounds of the present disclosure. Inhibitors of KIT, including avapritinib, BLU-263, imatinib, sunitinib, regorafenib, ripritinib (DCC2618), PLX9486, PLX3397, crenolanib, CDX-0158, CDX-0159. Inhibitors of RET including pralsetinib, selperctinib, alectinib, levatinib, cabozantinib, BOS172738 (DS-5010), SL-1001, TPX-0046, sitravatinib (MGCD516), and RXDX-105. Inhibitors of Hsp90 (e.g., tanespimycin), cyclin dependent kinases (e.g., palbociclib), PARP (e.g., olaparib) and Pim kinases (LGH447, INCB053914, and SGI-1776) can also be combined with compounds of the disclosure. Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with one or more agents for the treatment of cancer. In some embodiments, the agent is an alkylating agent, a proteasome inhibitor, a corticosteroid, or an immunomodulatory agent. Examples of an alkylating agent include bendamustine, nitrogen mustards, ethylenimine derivatives, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas and triazenes, uracil mustard, chlormethine, cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN), ifosfamide, melphalan, chlorambucil, pipobroman, triethylene-melamine, triethylenethiophosphoramine, busulfan, carmustine, lomustine, streptozocin, dacarbazine, and temozolomide. In some embodiments, the proteasome inhibitor is carfilzomib. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is dexamethasone (DEX). The compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered in combination with one or more anti-cancer drugs, such as a chemotherapeutics. Example chemotherapeutics include any of: abarelix, abiraterone, afatinib, aflibercept, aldesleukin, alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, allopurinol, altretamine, anastrozole, arsenic trioxide, asparaginase, axitinib, azacitidine, bevacizumab, bexarotene, baricitinib, bicalutamide, bleomycin, bortezombi, bortezomib, brivanib, buparlisib, busulfan intravenous, busulfan oral, calusterone, capecitabine, carmustine, cediranib, cetuximab, chlorambucil, cladribine, clofarabine, crizotinib, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dacomitinib, dactinomycin, dalteparin sodium, dasatinib, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decitabine, degarelix, denileukin, denileukin diftitox, deoxycoformycin, dexrazoxane, docetaxel, doxorubicin, droloxafine, dromostanolone propionate, eculizumab, enzalutamide, epidophyllotoxin, epirubicin, erlotinib, estramustine, etoposide phosphate, etoposide, exemestane, fentanyl citrate, filgrastim, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, flutamide, fulvestrant, gefitinib, gemcitabine, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, goserelin acetate, histrelin acetate, ibritumomab tiuxetan, idarubicin, idelalisib, ifosfamide, imatinib mesylate, interferon alfa 2a, irinotecan, lapatinib ditosylate, lenalidomide, letrozole, leucovorin, leuprolide acetate, levamisole, lomustine, meclorethamine, megestrol acetate, melphalan, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, methoxsalen, mithramycin, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nandrolone phenpropionate, navelbene, necitumumab, nelarabine, neratinib, nilotinib, nilutamide, nofetumomab, oserelin, paclitaxel, pamidronate, panitumumab, pazopanib, pegaspargase, pegfilgrastim, pemetrexed disodium, pentostatin, pilaralisib, pipobroman, plicamycin, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, ponatinib, prednisone, procarbazine, quinacrine, rasburicase, regorafenib, reloxafine, rituximab, ruxolitinib, sorafenib, streptozocin, sunitinib, sunitinib maleate, tamoxifen, tegafur, temozolomide, teniposide, testolactone, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, toremifene, tositumomab, trastuzumab, tretinoin, triptorelin, uracil mustard, valrubicin, vandetanib, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, vorinostat, and zoledronate. Other anti-cancer agent(s) include antibody therapeutics such as trastuzumab (Herceptin). Compounds of the disclosure or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered as the sole pharmaceutical agent or in combination with one or more anti-viral agents for the treatment of chronic viral infections, where the combination causes no unacceptable adverse effects. Chronic viral infections include, but are not limited to, diseases caused by: hepatitis C virus (HCV), human papilloma virus (HPV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), herpes simplex virus (HSV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), varicella zoster virus, coxsackie virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Parasitic infections (e.g. , malaria) may also be treated by the above methods wherein compounds known to treat the parasitic conditions are optionally added in place of the antiviral agents. Suitable antiviral agents contemplated for use in combination with the compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can comprise nucleoside and nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs), protease inhibitors and other antiviral drugs. Examples of suitable NRTIs include zidovudine (AZT); didanosine (ddl); zalcitabine (ddC); stavudine (d4T); lamivudine (3TC); abacavir (1592U89); adefovir dipivoxil [bis(POM)-PMEA]; lobucavir (BMS-180194); BCH-I0652; emitricitabine [(-)-FTC]; beta-L- FD4 (also called beta-L-D4C and named beta-L-2',3'-dicleoxy-5-fluoro-cytidene); DAPD, ((- )-beta-D-2,6-diamino-purine dioxolane); and lodenosine (FddA). Typical suitable NNRTIs include nevirapine (BI-RG-587); delaviradine (BHAP, U-90152); efavirenz (DMP-266); PNU-142721 ; AG-1549; MKC-442 (l-(ethoxy-methyl)-5-(l-methylethyl)-6-(phenylmethyl)- (2,4(lH,3H)-pyrirnidinedione); and (+)-calanolide A (NSC-675451) and B. Typical suitable protease inhibitors include saquinavir (Ro 31-8959); ritonavir (ABT-538); indinavir (MK- 639); nelfnavir (AG-1343); amprenavir (141W94); lasinavir (BMS-234475); DMP-450; BMS-2322623; ABT-378; and AG-1549. Other antiviral agents include hydroxyurea, ribavirin, IL-2, IL-12, pentafuside and Yissum Project No.11607. When more than one pharmaceutical agent is administered to a subject, they can be administered simultaneously, separately, sequentially, or in combination (e.g., for more than two agents). For examples, when administered together with an additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent, the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered simultaneously in the same pharmaceutical formulation or simultaneously in separate pharmaceutical formulations. Alternatively, when administered together with an additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent, the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered at separate times, depending the dosing requirements of the additional anti-cancer or antiviral agent. Pharmaceutical compositions are disclosed that include one or more compounds provided herein (such as the compound of Formulas I, II, III, IV(A), IV(B), V, VI and VII), and typically at least one additional substance, such as an excipient, a known therapeutic other than those of the disclosure, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be used in combination with other agents known to have beneficial activity targeting diseases or disorders listed above. For example, disclosed compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered alone or in combination with one or more anti-cancer or antiviral agent. The terms “administer”, “administering”, “administration”, and the like, as used herein, refer to methods that may be used to enable delivery of compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to, intraarticular (in the joints), intravenous, intramuscular, intratumoral, intradermal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, orally, topically, intrathecally, inhalationally, transdermally, rectally, and the like. Administration techniques that can be employed with the agents and methods described herein are found in e.g., Goodman and Gilman, The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, current ed.; Pergamon; and Remington's, Pharmaceutical Sciences (current edition), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. A “subject” is a mammal in need of medical treatment, preferably a human, but can also be an animal in need of veterinary treatment, e.g., companion animals (e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals (e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) and laboratory animals (e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like). The precise amount of compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof administered to provide an “effective amount” to the subject will depend on the mode of administration, the type, and severity of the disease or condition, and on the characteristics of the subject, such as general health, age, sex, body weight, and tolerance to drugs. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors. When administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, e.g., when administered in combination with an anti-cancer or antiviral agent, an “effective amount” of any additional therapeutic agent(s) will depend on the type of drug used. Suitable dosages are known for approved therapeutic agents and can be adjusted by the skilled artisan according to the condition of the subject, the type of condition(s) being treated and the amount of a compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof being used by following, for example, dosages reported in the literature and recommended in the Physician’s Desk Reference (57th ed., 2003). The term “effective amount” means an amount when administered to the subject which results in beneficial or desired results, including clinical results, e.g., inhibits, suppresses or reduces the symptoms of the condition being treated in the subject as compared to a control. For example, a therapeutically effective amount can be given in unit dosage form (e.g., 0.1 mg to about 50 g per day, alternatively from 1 mg to about 5 grams per day; and in another alternatively from 10 mg to 1 gram per day). The particular mode of administration and the dosage regimen will be selected by the attending clinician, taking into account the particulars of the case (e.g. the subject, the disease, the disease state involved, the particular treatment, and whether the treatment is prophylactic). Treatment can involve daily or multi-daily or less than daily (such as weekly or monthly etc.) doses over a period of a few days to months, or even years. The pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. In an embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings. In preferred embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration. “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the formulation and/or administration of an active agent to and/or absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present disclosure without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the subject. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer’s solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like. Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances and the like that do not deleteriously react with or interfere with the activity of the compounds provided herein. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that other pharmaceutical excipients are suitable for use with disclosed compounds.
General Synthetic Methods and Intermediates Scheme 1 shows a synthetic protocol for the preparation of compounds of formula iii. Scheme 1
Figure imgf000061_0001
The alcohol substituted chloro heterocyclic intermediates i can be coupled to the substituted anilines ii under Pd-catalyzed coupling conditions to give compounds iii which are examples of MAP4K1 inhibitors described herein. The following examples are intended to be illustrative and are not meant in any way to be limiting. EXEMPLIFICATION Abbreviations ACN acetonitrile (“MeCN”) ATP adenosine triphosphate BOP benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexaflorophosphate BrettPhos Dicyclohexyl(2',4',6'-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxy-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2- yl)phosphine C Celsius DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride DBU diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DCM dichloromethane DIAD disopropyl azodicarboxylate DIPEA diisopropylethylamine DMBNH2 2,4-dimethoxybenzylamine DME dimethoxyethane DMF dimethyl formamide DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide dppf [1,1’-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II) DTT dithiothreitol eq equivalents EA ethyl acetate EDTA ethylenediaminetetracetic acid Et3N triethylamine FA formic acid h hours HEPES 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid HPLC high performance liquid chromatography IBX 2-iodoxybenzoic acid IC50 inhibitory concentration 50% IPA isopropanol LiHMDS lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide mCPBA meta-chloroperbenzoic acid Me2S dimethyl sulfide MeMgBr methyl magnesium bromide min minutes MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether MeOH methanol 2-MeTHF 2-methyltetrahydrofuran MsCl methanesulfonyl chloride NBS N-bromosuccinimide NMO N-methylmorpholine N-oxide NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone Oxone® potassium peroxymonosulfate PE petroleum ether SFC supercritical fluid chromatography TBAB tetrabutylammonium bromide TBAF tetrabutylammonium fluoride TEA trimethylamine THF tetrahydrofuran TFA trifluoroacetic acid TfOH trifluoromethanesulfonic acid TMSCF3 trifluoromethyltrimethylsilane Methods for preparing compounds of the disclosure can be carried out in suitable solvents which can be readily selected by one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can be substantially non-reactive with the starting materials (reactants), intermediates, or products at the temperatures at which the reactions are carried out, e.g., temperatures which can range from the solvent’s freezing temperature to the solvent’s boiling temperature. A given reaction can be carried out in one solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular reaction step can be selected by the skilled artisan. Preparation of compounds of the disclosure can involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups, can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. The chemistry of protecting groups can be found, for example, in Wuts and Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 5th ed., John Wiley & Sons: New Jersey, (2014), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Reactions can be monitored according to any suitable method known in the art. For example, product formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy (e.g., 1H or 13C), infrared (IR) spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), mass spectrometry (MS), or by chromatographic methods such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography (TLC). Analytical instruments and methods for compound characterization: LC-MS: Unless otherwise indicated, all liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) data (sample analyzed for purity and identity) were obtained with an Agilent model-1260 LC system using an Agilent model 6120 mass spectrometer utilizing ES-API ionization fitted with an Agilent Poroshel 120 (EC-C18, 2.7 um particle size, 3.0 x 50mm dimensions) reverse-phase column at 22.4 degrees Celsius. The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of solvent 0.1% FA in water and 0.1% FA in acetonitrile. A constant gradient from 95% aqueous/5% organic to 5% aqueous/95% organic mobile phase over the course of 4 minutes was utilized. The flow rate was constant at 1mL/min. Prep LC-MS: Preparative HPLC was performed on a Shimadzu Discovery VP® Preparative system fitted with a Luna 5u C18(2) 100A, AXIA packed, 250 x 21.2 mm reverse-phase column at 22.4 degrees Celsius. The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of solvent 0.1% FA in water and 0.1% FA in ACN. A constant gradient from 95% aqueous/5% organic to 5% aqueous/95% organic mobile phase over the course of 25 minutes was utilized. The flow rate was constant at 20 mL/min. Reactions carried out in a microwave were done so in a Biotage Initiator microwave unit. Silica gel chromatography: Silica gel chromatography was performed on either a Teledyne Isco CombiFlash® Rf unit or a Biotage® Isolera Four unit. Proton NMR: Unless otherwise indicated, all 1H NMR spectra were obtained with a Varian 400MHz Unity Inova 400 MHz NMR instrument (acquisition time = 3.5 seconds with a 1 second delay; 16 to 64 scans). Where characterized, all protons were reported in DMSO- d6 solvent as parts-per million (ppm) with respect to residual DMSO (2.50 ppm). One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that modifications of the gradient, column length, and flow rate are possible and that some conditions may be more suitable for compound characterization than others, depending on the chemical species being analyzed. Example 1: Synthesis of arylamine intermediates Example 1a
Figure imgf000064_0001
Intermediates 1 and 2: (7S,8R)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (Intermediate 1) and (7R,8S)-2-amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (Intermediate 2)
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
each of which is represented by the structures shown below:
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1: Methyl (E)-2-(but-2-en-2-yl)-6-methoxynicotinate K3PO4 (120 g, 565 mmol, 3.00 eq) and Pd(dppf)Cl2-CH2Cl2 (7.70 g, 9.42 mmol, 0.05 eq) were added to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-6-methoxynicotinate (38.0 g, 188 mmol, 1.00 eq) and (Z)-2-(but-2-en-2-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (44.6 g, 245 mmol, 1.30 eq) in THF (320 mL) and H2O (80.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at 70 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EA (250 mL x 3). The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (ACN-H2O gradient with 0.1% TFA additive). The product-containing fractions were adjusted to pH = 8–9 with solid sodium carbonate and the mixture was extracted with EA (300 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (37.0 g, 167 mmol, 88.7% yield) as a yellow oil. Step 2: 2-Methoxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one A solution of methyl (E)-2-(but-2-en-2-yl)-6-methoxynicotinate (37.0 g, 167 mmol, 1.00 eq) in TfOH (171 g, 1.15 mol, 101 mL, 6.85 eq) was stirred at 80 °C for 0.5 h. The mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature, poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (1000 mL) and extracted with EA (300 mL x 5). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 1% to 25% EA-PE) to give the title compound (30.0 g, 144 mmol, 86.6% yield) as a yellow oil. Steps 3: 2-Hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one A mixture of 2-methoxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (30.0 g, 144 mmol, 1.00 eq) and pyridine-hydrochloride (41.8 g, 361 mmol, 2.50 eq) was stirred at 150 °C for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was purified directly by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 2% to 10% MeOH-DCM) to give the title compound (26.0 g, 134 mmol, 92.9% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 4: rac-(7S,8S)-2-Hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one and rac-(7S,8R)-2-hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one DBU (60.8 mL, 403 mmol, 3.00 eq) was added to a solution of 2-hydroxy-7,8- dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (26.0 g, 134 mmol, 1.00 eq) in toluene (290 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 12 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 1% to 10% MeOH-DCM) to afford the title compounds as a mixture of isomers that were used in the next step without further purification. Step 5: rac-(7S,8S)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one and rac-(7S,8R)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one A mixture of rac-(7S,8S)-2-hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one and rac-(7S,8R)-2-hydroxy-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (26.0 g, 134 mmol, 1 equiv) in POCl3 (150 mL, 1.61 mol, 11.9 equiv) was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (2 L) at 0-10 °C. The quenched mixture was extracted with EA (300 mL x 3) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The cis-and trans- racemic isomers were separated by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18250*50mm*10 um; mobile phase: [water(0.1%TFA)-ACN];B%: 35% ACN-55% CAN over 20min). rac-(7S,8S)-2- Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one was the first compound to elute and was obtained as a white solid. MS (ES+) C10H10ClNO2 requires: 211, found: 212[M+H]+.1H NMR: 400 MHz, CDCl3 δ 8.29 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (dq, J = 3.2, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (dq, J = 3.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). rac-(7S,8R)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one was the second compound to elute and was obtained as a white solid. MS (ES+) C10H10ClNO2 requires: 211, found: 212[M+H]+.1H NMR: 400 MHz, CDCl3 δ 8.28 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.58 - 4.43 (m, 1H), 3.05 (quin, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.56 - 1.40 (m, 6H). Step 6: (7S,8R)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (7R,8S)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one rac-(7S,8R)-2-Chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250mm x 50mm,10um); mobile phase: MeOH in CO2) to give the first eluting isomer (peak 1) as a white solid and second eluting isomer (peak 2) as a white solid. Step 7: (7S,8R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one DIPEA (7.48 g, 57.8 mmol, 10.1 mL, 2.50 eq) and DMBNH2 (5.03 g, 30.1 mmol, 4.53 mL, 1.30 eq) were added to a solution of (7S,8R)-2-chloro-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (1st eluting isomer (peak 1) from Step 6 above) (4.90 g, 23.1 mmol, 1.00 eq) in NMP (50.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, then was poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (7.93 g, crude) as a yellow oil that was used directly in the next step. MS (ES+) C19H11N2O4 requires: 342, found: 343[M+H]+. Step 8: (7S,8R)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one A solution of (7S,8R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (7.93 g, 23.1 mmol, 1.00 eq) in HCl/dioxane (4.00 M, 50.0 mL, 8.64 eq) was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL) and was extracted with DCM (100 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated in MTBE (50 mL) for 10 mins and filtered to get a yellow solid. The yellow solid was dried under vacuum to give the title compound, Intermediate 1(3.23 g, 16.4 mmol, 71.2% yield, 98.1% purity). MS (ES+) C10H12N2O2 requires: 192, found: 193[M+H]+.1H NMR: 400 MHz, DMSO-d6 δ 7.77 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 6.40 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.43 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.65 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). The absolute stereochemistry of Intermediate 1 was determined by X-ray crystal structure. Steps 9 and 10: (7R,8S)-2-Amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one The title compound (Intermediate 2) was prepared separately from (7R,8S)-2-chloro- 7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (the second eluting isomer (peak 2) of Step 6) using the same two-step procedure as described in Steps 7 and 8 for Intermediate 2. MS (ES+) C10H12N2O2 requires: 192, found: 193[M+H]+.1H NMR: 400 MHz, DMSO-d6 δ 7.77 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 6.40 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.43 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.65 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000069_0001
Intermediates 3 and 4: (R)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one and (S)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
Figure imgf000070_0001
each of which is represented by the structure shown below:
Figure imgf000070_0002
Steps 1-5: rac 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one The title compound was prepared from methyl 2-chloro-6-methoxynicotinate and 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(3-methylbut-2-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane using similar procedures as described above in Steps 1-3 and 5-7 for Intermediate 1. Step 6: (R)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (S)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8- dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one Rac 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS-H (250mm*30mm,5um); mobile phase: [0.1% NH4OH MeOH in CO2]) to give (R)-2-((2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (1st eluting isomer (Precursor to Intermediate 3), 0.55 g, 79% yield) and (S)-2-((2,4- dimethoxybenzyl) amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (2nd eluting isomer (Precursor to Intermediate 4), 0.55 g, 79% yield). Each intermediate was isolated as a yellow oil. Step 7 and 8: (R)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one and (S)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one The title compounds (Intermediates 3 and 4) were prepared separately from the 1st and 2nd eluting isomers, i.e., (R)-2-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro- 5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one and (S)-2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7,8-trimethyl- 7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one, using the same procedure as described in Step 8 of Intermediate 1. Intermediate 3, (R)-2-amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one, was obtained as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C11H14N2O2 requires: 206, found: 207[M+H]+.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ ppm 7.89 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). Intermediate 4, (S)-2- Amino-7,7,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one, was obtained as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C11H14N2O2 requires: 206, found: 207[M+H]+.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ ppm 7.89 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). The stereochemistry of Intermediate 3 was determined in the context of compound 16 using an X-ray crystal structure.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Intermediate 5: 2-Amino-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
Figure imgf000072_0002
Step 1: 7,7-Dimethyl-1,5,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-2-one A mixture of 2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (500 g, 3.90 mol, 1.00 eq) and pyrrolidine (391 mL, 4.68 mol, 1.20 eq) in toluene (4.00 L) was heated at 145 °C with a Dean-Stark trap for 2 h. The water layer (~16 mL) was removed from the Dean-Stark trap and the reaction mixture was cooled to 15 °C. After cooling, prop-2-ynamide (539 g, 7.80 mol, 2.00 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 150 °C. The reaction mixture was heated at 150 °C for 10 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (10% methanol-dichloromethane) to give the title compound (560 g, 62% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 2: 2-Chloro-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine A solution of 7,7-dimethyl-1,5,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-2-one (500 g, 2.23 mol, 1 eq) in POCl3 (350 mL, 3.77 mol, 9.64 eq) was heated to 100 °C for 6 h. The reaction mixture then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was poured over ice-water (1.00 L). The mixture was extracted with EA (750 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound (363 g, 82.2% yield) as a brown oil. Step 3: 2-Chloro-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one A solution of NaIO4 (487 g, 2.28 mol, 3.00 eq) in water (1.20 L) as added to a mixture of 2-chloro-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine (150 g, 759 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeCN (50.0 mL) and CCl4 (2.70 L). The mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and then RuCl3 (11.0 g, 53.1 mmol, 0.07 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h, then was warmed to 20 °C for 11.5 h. Saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (1.00 L) was added, and the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was extracted with EA (500 mL x 3), and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layer was washed with brine (1.00 L), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (132 g, 624 mmol, 82.1% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 4: 2-((2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)amino)-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one (2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl) methanamine (160 g, 957 mmol, 1.50 eq) was added to a solution of 2-chloro-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (135 g, 638 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DIPEA (222 mL, 1.28 mol, 2.00 eq) in NMP (1.08 L) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to 140 °C for 2 h, and then was cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between water (700 mL) and EA. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EA (500 mL x 3). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (400 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (160 g). The crude product was used for next step directly. Step 5: 2-Amino-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one HCl (4.0 M in dioxane, 1.20 L, 11.0 equiv) was added to : 2-((2,4-dimethoxybenzyl) amino)-7,7-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (150 g, 438 mmol, 1.00 eq) at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C for 2 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was poured into saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (1.00 L) and extracted with EA (500 mL x 4). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (500 x 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EA (300 mL) and petroleum ether (150 mL) was added drop wise to get yellow slurry. The solids were filtered and collected to give the title compound (52.0 g, 60.9% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C10H12N2O2 requires: 192, found: 193[M+H]+.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 2H), 6.39 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (s, 2H), 1.37 (s, 6H). Example 1d Intermediate 6: 2-Amino-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one Step 1: 2-Amino-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one The title compound was prepared from tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one using the same five-step procedure described in Steps 1-5 for Intermediate 5. MS (ES+) C8H8N2O2 requires: 164, found: 165[M+H]+.1H NMR, 400 MHz, DMSO-d6, δ = 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 2H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.44 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 2.88 – 2.85 (m, 2H). Example 1e Intermediate 7: 2'-Amino-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one
Step 1: Methyl 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)acetate LiHMDS (1 M, 388 mL) was added to a solution of 3-bromo-6-chloro-2- methylpyridine (20.0 g, 96.9 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at 25 °C under nitrogen. After 2.5 h, dimethyl carbonate (14.0 g, 155 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred at 25 °C for 13.5 h. The reaction mixture was then was added to saturated aqueous NH4Cl (1000 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash- column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 10% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (18.0 g, 70% yield) as a yellow oil.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 7.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.039s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H). Step 2: Methyl 1-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate Tetrabutylammonium bromide (2.44 g, 7.56 mmol) and NaOH (50 mL, 50 wt% in water) were added to a solution of 1,2-dibromoethane (10.7 g, 56.7 mmol) and methyl 2-(3- bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)acetate (10.0 g, 37.8 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, then was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash- column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 10% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (6.10 g, 56% yield) as a yellow solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 7.81 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 1.81-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.46- 1.41 (m, 2H). Step 3: (1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol Diisobutylaluminium hydride (1 M, 56 mL) was added to a solution of methyl 1-(3- bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate (5.40 g, 18.6 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) at –78 °C under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at –78 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (50 mL), diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude title compound (5.00 g, crude) as a yellow solid which was used in the next step without further purification. Step 4: Methyl 5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine]-2'- carboxylate Triethylamine (2.31 g, 22.9 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (557 mg, 762 μmol) were added to a solution of (1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol in MeOH (25 mL) and DMF (25 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with carbon monoxide several times. The mixture was stirred under carbon monoxide (50 psi) at 80 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to remove methanol, diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL × 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The title compound (1.8 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow solid and used in the next step without further purification. MS (ES+) C10H10N2O2 requires: 233, found: 234[M+H]+. Step 5: 5'-Oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine]-2'-carboxylic acid Lithium hydroxide (555 mg, 23.2 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 5'-oxo- 5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridine]-2'-carboxylate (1.80 g, 7.72 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) and water (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was concentrated to remove the methanol. The mixture was diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL × 3). The aqueous layer was acidified by addition aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (6 M, 5 mL), then the mixture was extracted with EA (50 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.20 g, 71% yield) as a brown solid that was used without further purification. Step 6: tert-Butyl (5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'- yl)carbamate Triethylamine (831 mg, 8.21 mmol) and diphenyl phosphoryl azide (2.26 g, 8.21 mmol) were added to a solution of 5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridine]-2'-carboxylic acid (1.20 g, 5.47 mmol) in tert-butanol (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, then was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with water (60 mL), and extracted with EA (50 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 50% EA- petroleum ether) to give the title compound (330 mg, 19% yield) as a yellow solid and 2'- amino-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one (420 mg, 28% yield) as a yellow oil. Step 7: 2'-Amino-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one HCl in dioxane (4.0 M, 0.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (5'-oxo-5'H,7'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (100 mg, 344 μmol) in dioxane (1.5 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min, then was concentrated. DCM (2 mL) and TFA (1 mL, 13.5 mmol) were added to the residue, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and EA (5 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was neutralized by addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) and extracted with EA (15 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under to give the title compound (60.0 mg, 92% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. MS (ES+) C12H11NO4 requires: 190, found: 191[M+H]+. Example 1f
Figure imgf000077_0001
Intermediates 8 and 9: (R)-2'-Amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one and (S)-2'-Amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one
Figure imgf000077_0003
Figure imgf000077_0002
each of which is represented by one of the structures shown below:
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000078_0002
which is represented by one of the structures shown below:
Figure imgf000078_0003
Step 1: 1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carbaldehyde IBX (6.50 g, 10.7 mmol, 46% purity) was added to a solution of (1-(3-bromo-6- chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)methanol (2.65 g, 10.1 mmol) in EA (80 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h, then additional IBX (2.00 g, 3.29 mmol, 46% purity) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 0.5 h, then was filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (2.60 g, crude) as a yellow solid that was used without further purification. MS (ES+) C9H7BrClNO requires: 261, found: 262 [M+H]+. Step 2: 1-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)ethan-1-ol Methylmagnesium bromide (3 M, 17 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-bromo-6- chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carbaldehyde (2.60 g, 9.98 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min, then was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (80 mL), diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with EA (80 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (2.70 g, crude) as a yellow oil that was used without further purification. MS (ES+) C10H11N2O2 requires: 277, found: 278 [M+H]+. Steps 3-5: tert-Butyl (7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate The title compound was prepared from 1-(1-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2- yl)cyclopropyl)ethan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 4-6 for Intermediate 7 above.
Figure imgf000078_0004
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 4.63-4.53 (m, 1H), 1.61 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.35 (m,1 H), 1.09-1.00 (m, 2H). Step 6: tert-Butyl (R)-(7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate and tert-butyl (S)-(7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate tert-Butyl (7'-methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]- 2'-yl)carbamate (400 mg) was separated by SFC (column: REGIS (s,s) WHELK-O1 (250 mm × 50 mm, 10 um), EtOH gradient in CO2 with 0.1% NH4OH) to give two separate peaks. The first eluting isomer (100 mg, 24% yield) and second eluting isomer (140 mg, 34% yield) were obtained as yellow solids. Step 7: One of (R or S)-2'-amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one TFA (2.31 g, 20.3 mmol) was added to a solution of one of tert-butyl (R or S)-(7'- methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (first eluting isomer from Step 6, 100 mg) in DCM (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min, then was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (Intermediate 8, 70 mg, crude) as a yellow oil that was used without further purification. MS (ES+) C11H12N2O2 requires: 204, found: 205[M+H]+. Step 8: The remaining one of (R or S)-2'-amino-7'-methyl-5'H,7'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'-one The title compound (Intermediate 9) was prepared from one of tert-butyl (R or S)-(7'- methyl-5'-oxo-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-2'-yl)carbamate (second eluting isomer from Step 6) using the same procedure as described in Step 7 for Intermediate 8. MS (ES+) C11H12N2O2 requires: 204, found: 205[M+H]+. Example 1g
Figure imgf000079_0001
Intermediate 10: 2'-Amino-7',7'-dimethyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin]-5'- one
Figure imgf000080_0001
Step 1: 2-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropyl)propan-2-ol To a solution of methyl 1-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylate (1.3 g, 4.47 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added MeMgBr (3 M, 14.9 mL) at 25 ⁰C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 ⁰C for 10 min, then was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL × 3). The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA =1/0 to 50/1) to give the title compound (500 mg, 38% yield) as colorless oil. Steps 2-5: 2'-Amino-7',7'-dimethyl-5'H,7'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,8'-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin]-5'-one The title compound was prepared from 2-(1-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl) cyclopropyl)propan-2-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 4-6 for Intermediate 7 and Step 7 of Intermediate 8 above.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 8.05 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.42-1.32 (m, 8H), 1.06-1.03 (m, 2H). Example 1h
Figure imgf000080_0002
Intermediate 11: 2-Amino-7,7-dimethyl-8,9-dihydrooxepino[4,3-b]pyridin-5(7H)- one
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 1: Methyl (E)-3-(6-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)acrylate Pd(OAc)2 (1.23 g, 5.49 mmol) , P(o-tolyl)3 (2.51 g, 8.24 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (71.0 g, 549 mmol, 95.7 mL) were added to a solution of tert-butyl (6- bromopyridin-2-yl)carbamate (15.0 g, 54.9 mmol) and methyl acrylate (18.9 g, 220 mmol, 19.8 mL) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (150 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h, then was diluted EA (200 mL) and washed with brine (200 mL×3). The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (7.00 g, 39% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 2: Methyl 3-(6-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)propanoate Pd/C (100 mg, 10% purity) was added to a solution of methyl (E)-3-(6-((tert-butoxy carbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)acrylate (7.00 g, 25.2 mmol) in methanol (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h under hydrogen, then was filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (6.00 g, 18.6 mmol, 74% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 3: tert-Butyl (6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate Methyl magnesium bromide (3 M, 35.7 mL) was added to a solution of methyl 3-(6- ((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)propanoate (6.00 g, 21.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 15% to 50% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (5.00 g, 15.9 mmol, 74 % yield) as a yellow solid. Step 4: tert-Butyl (5-bromo-6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate N-Bromosuccinimide (3.17 g, 17.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (6-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate (5.00 g, 17.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h, then was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (4.00 g, 62% yield) as a yellow solid. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 7.72 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (S, 1H), 2.99-2.93 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 6H). Step 5: 6-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)nicotinic acid n-Butyllithium (2.5 M, 11.1 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (5-bromo-6-(3- hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)pyridin-2-yl)carbamate (2.00 g, 5.57 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 min, then carbon dioxide was added, and the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 20 min. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL ×3). The organic layers were discarded, and aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the aqueous layer to adjust pH <7. The mixture was extracted with EA (30 mL × 5), and the combined organic layers was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (200 mg, crude) as a yellow solid. Step 6: tert-Butyl (7,7-dimethyl-5-oxo-5,7,8,9-tetrahydrooxepino[4,3-b]pyridin-2- yl)carbamate Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (229 mg, 1.11 mmol, 225 μL) was added to a solution of 6-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbutyl)nicotinic acid (180 mg, crude) and 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (33.9 mg, 277 μmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h, then was concentrated to give the residue. The residue purified by prep-TLC on silica gel (33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (30.0 mg, crude) as a yellow solid. Step 7: 2-Amino-7,7-dimethyl-8,9-dihydrooxepino[4,3-b]pyridin-5(7H)-one The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl (7,7-dimethyl-5-oxo-5,7,8,9- tetrahydrooxepino[4,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)carbamate using a similar procedure as describe in Step 7 of Intermediate 8.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 2.96-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H). Example 1i
Figure imgf000083_0001
Intermediates 12 and 13: (R)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3- b]pyridin-5-one or (S)-2-amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one
Figure imgf000083_0002
Step 1: Methyl 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropanoate Sodium hydride (2.91 g, 72.8 mmol, 60% purity) was added to a solution of methyl 2- (3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)acetate (5.50 g, 20.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 °C, then iodomethane (7.38 g, 51.9 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 45 minutes, then was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL× 2). The combined organic layers were concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 10% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (5.5 g, 90% yield) as a yellow oil.1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ ppm 7.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 1.50 (s, 6H). Step 2: 2-(3-Bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpropan-1-ol The title compound was prepared from methyl 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2- methylpropanoate using a procedure similar to that described in Step 3 of Intermediate 7. Steps 3-7: (rac)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-on The title compound was prepared from 2-(3-bromo-6-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2- methylpropan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Steps 1-5 of Intermediate 8. C11H14N2O2 requires: 206, found: 207 [M+H]+. Step 8: (R)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one or (S)-2-amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (rac)-2-Amino-7,8,8-trimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (120 mg) was separated by SFC (column: REGIS (s,s) WHELK-O1 (250 mm × 50 mm, 10 um), MeOH gradient in CO2 with 0.1% NH4OH) to give two peaks separately. The first eluting isomer (Intermediate 12, 60 mg, 50% yield) and second eluting isomer (Intermediate 13, 60 mg, 50% yield) were obtained as yellow solids. Example 1j
Figure imgf000084_0001
Intermediate 14: 2-(2-Fluoropropan-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure imgf000084_0002
Step 1: Ethyl 4-aminopyrimidine-2-carboxylate Triethylamine (285 g, 2.81 mol, 2.00 equiv) was added dropwise to a solution of ethyl 2-amino-2-iminoacetate hydrochloride (215 g, 1.41 mol, 1.00 equiv) and 2-chloroprop-2- enenitrile (112 mL, 1.41 mol, 1.00 eq) in EtOH (1.8 L) at 0°C. The mixture was allowed to warm to 25 °C and stirred at 25 °C for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between water (10.0 L) and EA (5.0 L). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (5.0 L x 2). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4. The dried solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (270 g, crude) as a dark brown solid. Step 2: 2-(4-Aminopyrimidin-2-yl)propan-2-ol Methylmagnesium bromide (900 mL, 3.0 M, 5.0 eq) was added to a solution of ethyl 4-aminopyrimidine-2-carboxylate (90.0 g, 538 mmol, 1.00 eq) in 2-MeTHF (1.00 L) at -20 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed warm to 0 °C and stirred at that temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10.0 L) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (3.0 L x 4). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4, and the dried solution was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound (50 g, crude) as a dark brown solid. Step 3: 2-(2-Fluoropropan-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine DAST (414 mL, 3.13 mol, 10.0 eq) was added to a solution of 2-(4-aminopyrimidin- 2-yl)propan-2-ol (48.0 g, 313 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (1.30 L) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h, and then was diluted with water (4.50 L). The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH = 7~8 with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.50 L) and sodium carbonate solution (200 mL), then was extracted with EA (2.00 L x 3). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4, and the dried solution was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by rp-HPLC (neutral condition) to give the title compound (13.0 g) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000085_0001
NMR (400MHz DMSO-d6) δ 8.05 - 8.07 (d, J = 5.6Hz), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.32 - 6.33 (d, J = 5.6Hz, 1H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H). Example 1k
Figure imgf000086_0001
Intermediate 15: 5-Amino-3-isopropylpyrazine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000086_0002
Step 1: 5-Amino-3-(prop-1-en-2-yl)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile A mixture of 5-amino-3-chloropyrazine-2-carbonitrile (50.0 g, 324 mmol, 1.00 eq), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (81.54 g, 485.3 mmol, 1.50 eq), K2CO3 (89.42 g, 647.0 mmol, 2.00 eq), and Pd(PPh3)4 (18.69 g, 16.18 mmol, 0.05 eq) in dioxane (250 mL) and H2O (50 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 20 h under N2. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with EA (800 mL) and H2O (300 mL). The biphasic mixture was then filtered through celite, then partitioned. The organic layer was washed with brine (500 mL x 4), and then the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 10% to 33% EA-petroleum ether) to give the title compound (41.0 g, 39.0% yield) as a light yellow solid. Step 2: 5-Amino-3-isopropylpyrazine-2-carbonitrile Pd/C (10 wt%, 10.0 g) was added to a solution of 5-amino-3-(prop-1-en-2- yl)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile (45.0 g, 281 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (800 mL). The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 three times. The reaction mixture was stirred under H2 (15 psi) at 25 °C for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was treated with petroleum ether/EA (110 mL, 10:1) and stirred at 25°C for 10 min, then filtered. The filter cake was dried under vacuum to give the title compound (39.5 g, 85.6% yield) as a light yellow solid. MS (ES+) C8H10N4 requires: 162, found: 163[M+H]+.1H
Figure imgf000086_0003
NMR: 400 MHz CDCl3 δ: 7.83 (s, 1H), 5.07 (br s, 2H), 3.43-3.33 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.26 (s, 3H). Example 1l
Figure imgf000087_0001
Intermediate 16: (S)-5-Amino-3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000087_0002
Step 1: (S)-5-Amino-3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbonitrile N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.237 mL, 1.36 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added to a mixture of 5-amino-3-chloropyrazine-2-carbonitrile (70.0 mg, 453 umol, 1.00 equiv) and (S)- 2-methylpyrrolidine (HCl salt, 71.6 mg, 589 umol, 1.30 equiv) in 2-methyl-2-butanol (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 3 h, then was poured into 20 mL of water and extracted with EA (15 mL×3). The organic layers were dried by anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (90.0 mg, crude) as a yellow solid that was used without further purification. MS (ES+) C10H13N5 requires: 203, found: 204[M+H]+. Example 1m
Figure imgf000087_0003
Intermediate 17: (S)-2-(2-Methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure imgf000087_0004
Step 1: (S)-2-(2-Methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine A mixture of 2-chloropyrimidin-4-amine (1.0 g, 7.72 mmol), (2S)-2- methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (1.03 g, 8.49 mmol), and DIPEA (2.02 mL, 11.6 mmol) in IPA (15 mL) was heated to 95 °C in a sealed vial. The reaction mixture was stirred at 95 °C for 16 h, then was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (0 to 10% MeOH-DCM) to give the title compound as a white solid. MS (ES+) C9H14N4 requires: 178, found: 179[M+H]+. Example 1n
Figure imgf000088_0001
Intermediate 18: (S)-2-(2-Methylazetidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure imgf000088_0002
Step 1: (S)-2-(2-Methylazetidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine The title compound was prepared from 2-chloropyrimidin-4-amine and (S)-2- methylazetidine hydrochloride using a similar procedure as described above for Intermediate 18. MS (ES+) C8H12N4 requires: 164, found: 165[M+H]+. Example 2: Synthesis of arylchloride intermediates Example 2a
Figure imgf000088_0003
Intermediate 19: 4-Bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine
Figure imgf000088_0004
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one NBS (70.9 g, 398 mmol, 1.20 eq) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-2,7- naphthyridin-1(2H)-one (60.0 g, 332 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DMF (600 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h, then was poured into water (1 L) and filtered. The filter cake was dried under vacuum to give 4-bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one (90.8 g, crude) as a brown solid. MS (ES+) C8H4BrClN2O requires: 260, found: 261[M+H]+. Step 2: 4-Bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine 4-Bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one (70.8 g, 272 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added in portions to POCl3 (484 g, 3.16 mol, 293 mL, 11.5 eq) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 110 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was adjusted to pH = 8 with saturated aqueous Na2CO3 at 25 °C. The mixture was extracted with DCM (500 mL × 3), washed with brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound (75.0 g, 269 mmol, 98.9% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C8H3BrCl2N2 requires: 278, found: 279[M+H]+. Example 2b
Figure imgf000089_0001
Intermediate 20: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000089_0002
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine A suspension of 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (75.0 g, 269 mmol, 1.00 eq), K2CO3 (111 g, 809 mmol, 3.00 eq) in MeOH (3 L) was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in H2O (300 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was triturated in PE/EA (40 mL 20:1) and filtered. The filter cake was dried under vacuum to give the title compound (47.0 g, 171 mmol, 63.6% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 2: 6-Chloro-4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine A solution of 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (47.0 g, 171 mmol, 1.00 eq), tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (74.4 g, 206 mmol, 69.6 mL, 1.20 eq) and Pd(PPh3)4 (19.8 g, 17.1 mmol, 0.10 eq) in toluene (500 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h under N2. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 20 °C and poured into saturated aqueous KF solution (500 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The aqueous mixture was extracted with EA (300 mL x 3), and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layer was concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound (64.0 g, crude) as a yellow oil. MS (ES+) C13H13ClN2O2 requires: 264, found: 265[M+H]+. Step 3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one Aqueous HCl (1.50 M, 20.1 mL, 0.10 eq) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-4-(1- ethoxyvinyl)-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (80.0 g, 302 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (480 mL) and H2O (80 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (500 mL) and extracted with EA (300 mL x 2). The organic layers were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 5% to 50% EA- PE) to give the title compound (28.0 g, 118 mmol, 39.1% yield) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C11H9ClN2O2 requires: 236, found: 237[M+H]+. Step 4: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (500 mg, 2.11 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (120 mg, 3.17 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 10 min, then was quenched by addition of water (5 mL) and extracted with EA (5mL x 3). The combined organic layers were concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 10/1 to 1:1) to give the title compound (400 mg, 79% yield) as an off-white solid. Example 2c
Figure imgf000090_0001
Intermediate 21: 2-(6-Chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-N-methyl-2,7-naphthyridin-1-amine To a solution of 4-bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1(2H)-one (600 mg, 2.31 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added DBU (528 mg, 3.47 mmol, 523 uL) and BOP (1.53 g, 3.47 mmol), then methylamine (2 M, 3.04 g) was added to the reaction mixture and it was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (10 mL), filtered and the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (440 mg, 70% yield) as a yellow solid that was used without further purification. MS (ES+) C9H7BrClN3 requires: 271, found: 272[M+H]+. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-Bromo-6-chloro-N-methyl-2,7- naphthyridin-1-amine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: 2-(6-Chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(methylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (100 mg, 424 umol) in THF (8 mL) was added MeMgBr (3 M, 424 uL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of water (17 mL) and extracted with EA (15 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep- TLC (silica, PE:EA = 1:1) to give the title compound (50.0 mg, 47% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C12H14ClN3O requires: 251, found: 252[M+H]+. Example 2d
Figure imgf000091_0002
Intermediate 22: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step 1: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (220 mg, 930 umol) in THF (10 mL) was added MeMgBr (3 M, 930 uL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of water (17 mL) extracted with EA (15 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (200 mg, 85% yield) a yellow solid that was used in the next step without further purification. MS (ES+) C12H13ClN2O2 requires: 252, found: 253[M+H]+. Example 2e
Figure imgf000092_0002
Intermediate 23: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1-difluoropropan- 2-ol
Figure imgf000092_0003
Step 1: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1-difluoropropan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (100 mg, 423 umol) and difluoromethyl(trimethyl)silane (105 mg, 845 umol) in DME (3 mL) was added 18-crown-6 (78.2 mg, 296 umol) and CsF (44.9 mg, 296 umol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h, then was filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (PE:EA = 5:1) to give the title compound (70.0 mg, 57% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C12H11ClF2N2O2 requires: 288, found: 289[M+H]+. Example 2f
Figure imgf000092_0004
Intermediate 24: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000093_0001
Step 1: 6-Chloro-1-methoxy-4-vinyl-2,7-naphthyridine A mixture of 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (23.5 g, 85.9 mmol), Potassium trifluoro(vinyl)borate (15.0 g, 112 mmol), Et3N (17.4 g, 172 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (6.29 g, 8.59 mmol) in H2O (48 mL) and EtOH (480 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EA (300 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA = 10/1) to give the title compound (10 g, crude) as a white solid that was used without further purification. Step 2: 6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine-4-carbaldehyde A solution of 6-chloro-1-methoxy-4-vinyl-2,7-naphthyridine (800 mg, 3.63 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was cooled to -78 °C, then ozone was bubbled into the reaction mixture. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen, and then Me2S (4.45 g, 71.6) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to 25 °C. After stirring for 50 min at 25 °C, the reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL × 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA=10:1-1:1), to give the title compound (400 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol To a solution of 6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridine-4-carbaldehyde (100 mg, 284 umol) in THF (2 mL) was added EtMgBr (5.65 g, 39.8 mmol) in one portion at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 h, then was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL × 3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (50 mg, 48% yield) as a yellow oil.
Figure imgf000093_0002
(400MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 9.41 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.00 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). Example 2g
Figure imgf000094_0001
Intermediate 25: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000094_0002
Step 1: 2-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (1 g, 4.23 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 4.23 mL) at 0 °C. The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EA (60 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (40 mL x 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 100/1 to 2/1) to give the title compound (400 mg, 28% yield) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C13H15ClN2O2 requires: 266, found: 267[M+H]+.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ ppm 9.36 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 2.08-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 0.81 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). Example 2h
Figure imgf000094_0003
Intermediate 26: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-2-methoxyethan-1- ol
Figure imgf000094_0004
Step 1: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol To a mixture of 6-chloro-1-methoxy-4-vinyl-2,7-naphthyridine (15 g, 68.0 mmol) and NMO (15.9 g, 136 mmol, 14.4 mL) in acetone (300 mL) and H2O (75 mL) was added OsO4 (173 mg, 680 umol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h, then was quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SO3 aqueous solution (100 mL). The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to remove the organic solvents. The water layer was extracted with EA (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (9.8 g, crude) as a yellow solid that was used in the next step without further purification. Step 2: 1-(6-Chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-2-methoxyethan-1-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (1 g, 3.93 mmol) and TBAB (127 mg, 393 umol) in H2O (4 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (471 mg, 11.8 mmol) in H2O (4 mL), then Me2SO4 (594 mg, 4.71 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 4 h, and then more Me2SO4 (594 mg, 4.71 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for an additional 12 h, then the mixture was partitioned between EA (150 mL) and H2O (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column (PE/EA =1:2), then purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge C18150*50 mm * 10 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; B%: 18%-48%, 11 min) to give the title compound as a 1:1 mixture with a regioisomer. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O ETOH]; B%: 25%-25%) to give the title compound as the second eluting peak. MS (ES+) C12H13ClN2O3 requires: 268, found: 269[M+H]+.
Figure imgf000095_0001
NMR (400 MHz, CD3Cl): δ ppm 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 4.72-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 3H), 3.95-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H). Example 2i
Figure imgf000095_0002
Intermediates 27 and 28: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000096_0001
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-2,7-naphthyridin-1-amine A solution of 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (2.00 g, 7.20 mmol), cyclopropanamine (493 mg, 8.64 mmol) and DIPEA (2.79 g, 21.6 mmol) in NMP (20 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (200 mL) and filtered. The filter cake was dried to give the title compound (2.50 g, crude) as a yellow solid that was used in the next step without further purification. MS (ES+) C11H9BrClN3 requires: 297, found: 298[M+H]+. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-N-cyclopropyl-2,7- naphthyridin-1-amine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (850 mg, 3.25 mmol) in THF (170 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 15 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (200 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA = 1: 0 to 1: 1) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (360 mg, 37% yield) a yellow solid. The racemate was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IC (250mm*30mm, 10um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O MEOH]; B%: 40%-40%) to give the first of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1- (cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1- (cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 27, 120 mg, 33 % yield) as a yellow solid and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cyclopropylamino)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 28, 120 mg, 33%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C15H18ClN3O requires: 291, found: 292[M+H]+. Example 2j
Figure imgf000097_0001
Intermediate 29: 2-(3-chloro-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000097_0002
Step 1: N-(5-Bromo-2-methoxybenzyl)-2,2-diethoxyacetimidamide Methyl 2,2-diethoxyethanimidate (8.9 g, 55.5 mmol) was added to a solution of (5- bromo-2-methoxy-phenyl)methanamine (10 g, 46.3 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) under an atmosphere of N2. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. LCMS showed desired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with DCM 200 mL (50 mL × 4). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (12 g, crude) as a white solid which was used in the next step without further purification. Step 2: 5-Bromo-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine N-(5-Bromo-2-methoxybenzyl)-2,2-diethoxyacetimidamide (11 g, 31.9 mmol) was added to H2SO4 (111.61 g, 1.1 mol, 60.6 mL, 98% purity) at 0 °C, and then the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h under an atmosphere of N2. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NaOH (120 g) in H2O (5 L) at 0 °C and extracted with 2-MeTHF (1L × 2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution (1L), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to give the title compound (3 g, 11.8 mmol, 37% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 3: 5-(1-Ethoxyvinyl)-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine Pd(PPh3)4 (1.02 g, 884.8 µmol) and tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (6.79 g, 18.8 mmol, 6.3 mL) were added to a solution of 5-bromo-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine (2.8 g, 11.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 4 h under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of aqueous CsF solution (60 mL) at 0 °C and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.7 g, crude) as a brown oil which was used in the next step without further purification. Step 4: 1-(3-Amino-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one A mixture of 5-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-8-methoxyisoquinolin-3-amine (2.7 g, 11.1 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and HCl (1M, 11 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered to give the title compound (1.1 g, crude) as a yellow solid which was used in the next step without further purification. Step 5: 1-(3-Chloro-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one Pyridine hydrochloride (1.03 g, 8.9 mmol), CuCl (25.2 mg, 254.3 umol, 6.08 uL) and NaNO2 (614.2 mg, 8.9 mmol) were added to a solution of 1-(3-amino-8-methoxyisoquinolin- 5-yl)ethan-1-one (550 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) under N2 atmosphere. HCl (37.6 mg, 381.5 umol, 36.9 uL, 37% purity) was then added to the reaction mixture at -10 °C, and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography to give the title compound (530 mg, 44 % yield) as a white solid. Step 6: 2-(3-Chloro-8-methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)propan-2-ol MeMgBr (3M in THF, 1.41 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-Chloro-8- methoxyisoquinolin-5-yl)ethan-1-one (200 mg, 848.7 umol) in THF (2 mL) under N2 atmosphere, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of H2O (10 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography to give the title compound (580 mg, 90.5% yield) as a yellow solid. Example 2k
Figure imgf000099_0001
Intermediate 30: 2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000099_0002
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridine To a solution of 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (10.5 g, 37.78 mmol) and cyclopropanol (4.39 g, 75.6 mmol) in ACN (100 mL) was added K2CO3 (15.7 g, 113 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 16 h, then additional cyclopropanol (4.39 g, 75.6 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and it was heated to 70 °C for another 3 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to give a residue. The residue was diluted with water (200 mL), filtered and the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (11.3 g, 99% yield) as a yellow solid. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: 2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol The title compound was prepared from 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)ethan-1-one using a procedure similar to the that described in Step 1 of Intermediate 22. MS (ES+) C14H15ClN2O2 requires: 278, found: 279[M+H]+. Example 2l
Figure imgf000100_0001
Intermediates 31 and 32: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2- ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000100_0002
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridine A mixture of 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (3.00 g, 10.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (4.48 g, 32.3 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 16 h, then was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was treated with water (100 mL), filtered, and the filter cake was dried to give the title compound (3.00 g, 97% yield) as white solid. MS (ES+) C10H8BrClN2O requires: 288, found: 289[M+H]+. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6- chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol The racemate of the title compound was prepared from 1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one using a procedure similar to the that described in Step 4 of Intermediate 27. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD (250mm*30mm, 10um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O ETOH]; B%: 20%-20%) to give the first of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1- ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 31, 50.0 mg, 50% yield) as yellow oil and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 32, 50.0 mg, 50% yield) as yellow oil. Example 2m
Figure imgf000101_0001
Intermediate 33: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000101_0002
Step 1: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (500 mg, 1.90 mmol) in MTBE (8 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (3 M, 3.17 mL) at 15 °C. The mixture was heated to 60 °C for 1 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) and diluted with water (20 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with EA (30 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0~65% EA/PE) to give the title compound (460 mg, 72% yield) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C16H17ClN2O2 requires: 304, found: 305[M+H]+. Example 2m
Figure imgf000101_0003
Intermediates 34 and 35: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000101_0004
Step 1: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2- (6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (300 mg, 1.14 mmol) in MTBE (10 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 1.14 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min, then was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) and extracted with EA (25 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE: EA=10:1 to 3:1) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (300 mg, 84% yield) as a yellow solid.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 4.55-4.47 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.90-0.85 (m, 3H). The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IG (250mm*30mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [0.1% NH3H2O MeOH]; B%: 30%-30%) to give the first of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan- 2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 34, 90.0 mg, 60% yield) as a yellow solid and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1- cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 35 , 105 mg, 70% yield) as a yellow solid. Example 2n
Figure imgf000102_0001
Intermediates 36 and 37: (R)-1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol and (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000102_0002
Step 1: (R)-1-(6-Chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol and (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (300 mg, 1.20 mmol) in MTBE (20 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M, 11.9 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60 °C 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with EA (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (PE/EA = 1/1) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (80.0 mg, 23% yield) as a yellow oil. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IG (250mm*30mm, 10um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O MEOH]; B%: 30%-30%) 4min) to give the first one of (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol or (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 36, 40.0 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow solid and the second one of (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1- ol or (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-ethoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 37, 40.0 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow solid. Example 2o
Figure imgf000103_0001
Intermediates 38 and 39: (S)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- methoxypropan-2-ol and (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- methoxypropan-2-ol
Figure imgf000103_0002
Step 1: 6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine A mixture of 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (8 g, 26.7 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (4.71 g, 28.0 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (1.95 g, 2.67 mmol) and K2CO3 (11.1 g, 80.1 mmol) in dioxane (150 mL) and H2O (30 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then extracted with EA (100 mL), and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA = 10/1) to give the title compound (5.7 g, 78% yield) as a colorless oil. Step 2: 6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine To a solution of 6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine (5.7 g, 21.9 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) was added mCPBA (7.07 g, 32.8 mmol, 80% purity) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 h, then was quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SO3 (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EA = 4/1) to give the title compound (2.2 g, 28% yield) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C14H13ClN2O2 requires: 276, found: 277[M+H]+. Step 3: 2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propane-1,2-diol To a solution of 6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridine (2.2 g, 7.95 mmol) in THF (16 mL) was added a solution of H2SO4 (780 mg, 7.95 mmol) in H2O (4 mL) dropwise at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 0.5 h, then was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (2.1 g, 70% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. MS (ES+) C14H15ClN2O3 requires: 294, found: 295[M+H]+. Step 4: (S)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2- ol and (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2-ol To a solution of 2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propane-1,2-diol (500 mg, 1.33 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added NaH (133 mg, 3.33 mmol, 60% purity) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, and then CH3I (198 mg, 1.40 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 4 h, then was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18150 * 40 mm * 15 um; mobile phase: [water (0.225% FA) - ACN]; B%: 35%-65%, 10 min) to give a racemic mixture of title compounds (100 mg, 23% yield) as a yellow oil. MS (ES+) C15H17ClN2O3 requires: 308, found: 309[M+H]+. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IG (250 mm * 30 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [0.1% NH3H2O- MEOH]; B%: 25%-25%) to give the first one of (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2-ol or (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-methoxypropan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 38, 135 mg, 34% yield) as a yellow oil and the second one of (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- methoxypropan-2-ol or (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- methoxypropan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 39, 25 mg, 25% yield). Example 2p
Figure imgf000105_0001
Intermediate 40: 2-(6-Chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000105_0002
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridine To a solution of 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine-1 (771 mg, 2.77 mmol) and (1-fluorocyclopropyl)methanol (500 mg, 5.55 mmol) in ACN (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (1.15 g, 8.32 mmol) and CsF (422 mg, 2.77 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 12 h, then was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography [PE : EA = 10:1] to give the title compound (800 mg, 87% yield) as a colorless oil. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl) methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: 2-(6-Chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan- 2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-((1-fluorocyclopropyl)methoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one (310 mg, 1.05 mmol) in MBTE (4.00 mL) was added MeMgBr (3 mol, 1.75mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography [PE : EA = 20:1 to 2:1] to give the title compound (440 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. Example 2q
Figure imgf000106_0001
Intermediates 41 and 42: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclobutylethan-1-ol and (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclobutylethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000106_0002
Step 1: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1- ol (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (300 mg, 1.14 mmol) in MTBE (20 mL) was added cyclobutylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M, 7 mL) at 70 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 1 h, then was quenched by addition of water (30 mL) at 20 °C. The mixture was extracted with EA (30 mL × 2), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18150 × 40 mm × 15 um; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B%: 47%-77%, 11 min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (110 mg, 27% yield) as a yellow oil. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IG (250 mm × 30 mm, 10 um); mobile phase: [0.1% NH3H2O MEOH]; B%: 30%-30%) to give the first one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1-ol or (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 41, 30.0 mg, 27% yield) as a yellow solid and the second one of (S)-1-(6-chloro- 1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1-ol or (R)-1-(6-chloro-1- cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclobutylethan-1-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 42, 30.0 mg, 27% yield) as a yellow solid. Example 2r
Figure imgf000107_0001
Intermediate 43: 1-(3-((6-chloro-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1- yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one
Figure imgf000107_0002
Step 1: 1-(3-((4-Bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one Sodium hydride (2.15 g, 53.8 mmol, 60 wt%) was added to a solution of 1-(3- hydroxyazetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (Combi-Blocks #ST-8959) (5.16 g, 44.8 mmol) in THF (200 mL) at 0 °C. The cooling bath was removed, the reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h, and then 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (12.4 g, 44.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h in MeOH, then was quenched by addition of water (70 mL). The quenched reaction mixture was extracted with EA, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound (10.0 g, 63% yield). Step 2: 1-(3-((6-Chloro-4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1- yl)ethan-1-one A mixture of compound tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (9.14 g, 25.3 mmol1-(3-((4- bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (8.20 g, 23.0 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2.66 g, 2.30 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, quenched by addition aqueous saturated KF (300 mL), diluted with water (100 mL), and extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel to give the title compound (7.50 g, 94% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 3: 1-(3-((4-Acetyl-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one Aqueous hydrochloric acid (6 M, 0.5 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-((6-chloro- 4-(1-ethoxyvinyl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (6.90 g, 19.8 mmol) in THF (105 mL) and water (35 mL) at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 1 h, then was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 0% to 100% EA-PE) to give the title compound (5.00 g, 79% yield) as a yellow solid. Steps 4 and 5: 1-(3-((6-Chloro-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1- yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one Methylmagnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether, 14 mL) was added to a solution of 1-(3-((4-acetyl-6-chl oro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1-one (4.50 g, 14.1 mmol) in THF (200 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 15 min, then was quenched with water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (150 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a mixture of 1-(3-((6-chloro-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidin-1-yl)ethan-1- one and 2-(1-(azetidin-3-yloxy)-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (4.10 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil. The mixture was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and TEA (3.53 g, 34.9 mmol) and acetic anhydride (2.14 g, 20.9 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h, then was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (150 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution, 50% to 100% EA-PE, then 5% to 10% MeOH-EA) to give the title compound (4.10 g, 87% yield) as a yellow oil. Example 2s
Figure imgf000108_0001
Intermediate 44: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000109_0001
Step 1: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridine NaH (60 wt%, 0.863 g, 21.6 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2-difluoroethan-1-ol (1.624 g, 19.79 mmol) in DMF (36 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine (5.0 g, 18 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at 25 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EA and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (20-100% EA-Hexanes) to give the title compound (2.1 g, 36% yield) as a yellow solid. Steps 2-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7- naphthyridine using a procedure similar to the that described in Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol Cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M, 3.49 mL, 1.74 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2-difluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (0.25 g, 0.87 mmol) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min, then was diluted with EA and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash- column chromatography on silica gel (20-100% EA:Hexanes) to give the title compound (106 mg, 37.0 % yield). MS (ES+) C15H15ClF2N2O2 requires: 328, found: 329[M+H]+. Example 2t
Figure imgf000109_0002
Intermediates 45 and 46: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)- 1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1- trifluoropropan-2-ol
Figure imgf000110_0001
Step 1: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1- trifluoropropan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1- trifluoropropan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (300 mg, 1.14 mmol) and TMSCF3 (244 mg, 1.71 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added TBAF (1 M, 228 uL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 15 min, then was quenched by addition of water (30 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with water (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150*25 mm* 5 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v)-ACN]; B%: 41%-61%, 10min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (250 mg, 65% yield) as a yellow solid.1H- NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 4.50-4.45(m, 1H), 2.88(s, 1H), 1.93(s, 3H), 0.86(d, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H). The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak OJ-H (250 mm*30 mm, 5 um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O IPA]; B%: 15%-15%) to give the first one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 45, 100 mg, 83% yield) and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1- trifluoropropan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1,1,1- trifluoropropan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 46, 110 mg, 92% yield) as a yellow solid. Example 2u
Figure imgf000110_0002
Intermediates 47 and 48: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000111_0001
Steps 1-3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one The title compound was prepared from 4-bromo-1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridine and 2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-ol using a similar procedure as described in Step 1 of Intermediate 44 and Steps 2-3 of Intermediate 20. Step 4: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1- one (300 mg, 984 umol) in MTBE (10 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 1.64 mL) at 40 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with EA (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC column (Phenomenex Gemini-NX C1875*30mm*3um; mobile phase: [water (0.1%TFA)-ACN]; B%: 55%-65%, 7min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (50.0 mg, 15% yield) as a yellow solid. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (Column: Chiralpak AD-350×4.6mm I.D., 3um; Mobile phase: Phase A for CO2, and Phase B for EtOH (0.05%DEA); Gradient elution: B in A from 5% to 40%) to give the first one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 47, 25 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow oil and the second one of (R)-2-(6- chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 48, 25 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow oil. Example 2v
Figure imgf000111_0002
Intermediates 49 and 50: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol and (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)- 2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step 1: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1- cyclopropylethan-1-ol and (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)- 1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol A mixture of 1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (200 mg, 656 μmol) in MTBE (5 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen 3 times, and then cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (0.5 M, 2.63 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) at 25°C and extracted with EA (30 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 1/0 to 5/1) to give a racemic mixture of the title compound (90.0 mg, 40% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C15H14ClF3N2O2 requires: 346, found: 347[M+H]+. The racemic mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H (250mm*30mm, 5um); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O IPA]; B%: 20%-20%) to give the first one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol or (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 49, 35.0 mg, 39% yield) as a white oil and the second one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol or (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-cyclopropylethan-1-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 50, 45.0 mg, 50% yield) as a white oil. MS (ES+) C15H14ClF3N2O2 requires: 346, found: 347[M+H]+. Example 2w
Figure imgf000112_0002
Intermediate 51: 2-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000113_0001
Step 1: 1-(6-Chloro-1-hydroxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-methoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (3.00 g, 12.7 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added aqueous HCl (6 M, 20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h, then was diluted with water (80 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (2.80 g, 99% yield) as a white solid that was used in the next step without further purification.1H NMR (400 MHz, 6d-DMSO): δ ppm 12.45 (s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H). Step 2: 1-(1,6-Dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one 1-(6-Chloro-1-hydroxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (1.00 g, 4.49 mmol) was added to POCl3 (10 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 23 °C and slowly poured into saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (500 mL). The mixture was extracted with EA (200 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE : EA = 1:0 to 3:1) to give the title compound (660 mg, 58% yield) as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ ppm 9.62 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H). Step 3: 1-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)ethan-1-one To a solution of cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutan-1-ol (685 mg, 4.56 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added NaH (199 mg, 4.98 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then 1-(1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (1.00 g, 4.15 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 1:0 to 1:4) to give the title compound (1.05 g, 2.96 mmol, 71% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C15H15ClN2O4S requires: 354, found: 355[M+H]+. Step 4: 2-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)ethan-1-one (350 mg, 986 μmol) in THF (10 mL) was added MeMgBr (3 M, 1.64 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 30 min, then was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (25 mL) and extracted with EA (25 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 0:1 to 1:3) to give the title compound (170 mg, 46% yield) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C16H19ClN2O4S requires: 370, found: 371[M+H]+. Example 2x
Figure imgf000114_0001
Intermediates 52 and 53: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)- 2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)- 2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000114_0002
Step 1: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3-(methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)ethan-1-one (650 mg, 1.83 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 1.83 mL, 3 eq) at 0 °C. The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 15 min. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL x 3). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 1/0 to 0/1) followed by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C1875*30mm*3um; mobile phase: [water (0.225%FA) -ACN]; B%: 28%-58%, 7min) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (110 mg, 15.6 % yield) as a yellow solid. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (Column: Chiralpak IG-350×4.6mm I.D., 3um Mobile phase: Phase A for CO2, and Phase B for MeOH (0.05%DEA); Gradient elution: 40% MeOH (0.05% DEA) in CO2) to give the first one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3- (methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3- (methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 52, 40 mg) as a yellow solid and the second one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3- (methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(cis-3- (methylsulfonyl)cyclobutoxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 53, 40 mg) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) C17H21ClN2O4S requires: 384, found: 385[M+H]+. Example 2y
Figure imgf000115_0001
Intermediate 54: 2-(6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000115_0002
Step 1: 2-(6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-2-ol To a solution of 2-(1-(azetidin-3-yloxy)-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (50 mg, 170 umol) and Et3N (51.7 mg, 511 umol, 71.1 uL) in DCM (5 mL) was added MsCl (14.5 uL, 187 umol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 h, then was quenched by addition of water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (PE : EA = 0:1) to give the title compound (40 mg, 61% yield) as a white solid. Example 2z
Figure imgf000116_0001
Intermediates 55 and 56: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)- 2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol and (R)-1-(6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000116_0002
Step 1: 1-(Azetidin-3-yloxy)-4-bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridine To a solution of TFA (16.5 g, 145 mmol) in DCM (11 mL) was added tert-butyl 3- ((4-bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridin-1-yl)oxy)azetidine-1-carboxylate (3.00 g, 7.23 mmol) at 20 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 30 min, then was concentrated to give the title compound (3.10 g, TFA, crude) as a yellow oil that was used without further purification. Step 2: 4-Bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridine To a solution of 1-(azetidin-3-yloxy)-4-bromo-6-chloro-2,7-naphthyridine (3.10 g, 7.23 mmol, TFA) in DCM (30 mL) was added Et3N (1.83 g, 18.1 mmol) at 0 °C, followed by a solution of MsCl (911 mg, 7.96 mmol) in DCM (2 mL). Thee reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h, then was quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 ml x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0~50% EA/PE) to give the title compound (2.00 g, 67%yield) as an off-white solid. Step 3: 6-Chloro-4-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine A mixture of 4-bromo-6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridine (2.00 g, 5.09 mmol), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,2- dioxaborolane (974 mg, 5.35 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (373 mg, 509 μmol), and K2CO3 (1.41 g, 10.2 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, and the residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0~30% EA/DCM) to give the title compound (1.40 g, 75% yield) as an off-white solid. Step 4: 6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine-4- carbaldehyde A solution of 6-chloro-4-(2-methylprop-1-en-1-yl)-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine (1.20 g, 3.26 mmol) in MeOH (1.2 mL) and DCM (36 ml) was cooled to -78 °C. Ozone was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 5 minute under 15psi. The reaction mixture was then purged with N2, and then Me2S (2.03 g, 32.6 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred for 2 h, then was concentrated to give the title compound (1.10 g, crude) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C13H12ClN3O4S requires: 341, found: 342[M+H]+. Step 5: (S)-1-(6-Chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-1-ol and ®-1-(6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin- 4-yl)propan-1-ol To a solution of 6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridine- 4-carbaldehyde (500 mg, 1.46 mmol) in THF (6 ml) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 1.46 ml) at 20 °C in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 10 min, then was quenched with brine (1 mL) and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0~50% EA/PE) to give a racemic mixture of the title compounds (400 mg, 70% yield) as a white solid.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ ppm 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.90-8.15 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.40 (m, 1H), 5.10-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.10 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.90 (m, 3H). The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak IG (250mm*30mm, 10μm); mobile phase: [Neu-MeOH]; B%: 60%-60%) to give the first one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-((1- (methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol or ®-1-(6-chloro-1- ((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 55, 170 mg, 42% yield) and the second one of (S)-1-(6-chloro-1-((1- (methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol or ®-1-(6-chloro-1- ((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)propan-1-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 56, 170 mg, 42% yield) was obtained as a white solid. Example 2aa
Figure imgf000118_0001
Intermediates 57 and 58: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4- (methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol
Figure imgf000118_0002
Step 1: (2R,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol To a solution of (2R,4R)-pentane-2,4-diol (3.80 g, 36.5 mmol) in THF (120 mL) was added NaH (1.75 g, 43.8 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, then tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (6.05 g, 40.1 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was then added to water (200 mL) and extracted with EA (150 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA = 1:0 to 5:1) to give the title compound (7.80 g, 98% yield) as a colorless oil. Step 2: (2S,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl 4-nitrobenzoate To a solution of (2R,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol (1.00 g, 4.58 mmol), compound 4-nitrobenzoic acid (1.53 g, 9.16 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (3.60 g, 13.7 mmol) in THF (34 mL) was added DIAD (2.78 g, 13.74 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min, then was stirred at 25 °C for 15.5 h, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA = 1:0 to 10:1) to give the title compound (1.50 g, 78% yield) as a yellow oil. Step 3: (2S,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol To a solution of (2S,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl 4-nitrobenzoate (1.50 g, 4.08 mmol) in THF (12 mL) and water (4 mL) was added LiOH•H2O (977 mg, 40.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1 h, then was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (890 mg, 100% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. Step 4: (2S,4R)-4-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl methanesulfonate To a solution of (2S,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-ol (890 mg, 4.07 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added TEA (1.24 g, 12.2 mmol) and MsCl (934 mg, 8.15 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, then was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (80 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.20 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. Step 5: tert-Butyldimethyl(((2R,4R)-4-(methylthio)pentan-2-yl)oxy)silane To a solution of compound (2S,4R)-4-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-yl methanesulfonate (1.20 g, 4.05 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added sodium methanethiolate (709 mg, 10.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was diluted with water (80 mL) and extracted with EA (60 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.00 g, 99% yield) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. Step 6: tert-Butyldimethyl(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)silane To a solution of tert-butyldimethyl(((2R,4R)-4-(methylthio)pentan-2-yl)oxy)silane (1.00 g, 4.02 mmol) in THF (14 mL) and water (7 mL) was added Oxone® (4.95 g, 8.05 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (30 mL) and extracted with EA (20 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (1.10 g, 97% yield) as a yellow oil that was used without further purification. Step 7: (2R,4R)-4-(Methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-ol To a solution of tert-butyldimethyl(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2- yl)oxy)silane (1.10 g, 3.92 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was added aqueous HCl (6 M, 2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA = 1:0 to 0:1) to give the title compound (230 mg, 35% yield) as a yellow oil. Step 8: 2-(1,6-Dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of 1-(1,6-dichloro-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (540 mg, 2.24 mmol) in MTBE (216 mL) was added EtMgBr (3 M, 2.24 mL) at 25 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL), diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0~40% EA/PE) to give the title compound (320 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 9: (R)-2-(6-Chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol and (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol To a solution of (2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-ol (290 mg, 1.07 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was added NaH (51.3 mg, 1.28 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C. The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 0.5 h, then 2-(1,6-dichloro-2,7- naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (267 mg, 1.60 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 0.5 h, then was quenched with H2O (30 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL × 3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE/EA = 1/0 to 1/1) to give a mixture of the title compounds (320 mg, 74 % yield) as a yellow oil. MS (ES+) C18H25ClN2O4S requires: 400, found: 401[M+H]+. The mixture was separated by chiral SFC (column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H (250mm×30mm, 5μm); mobile phase: [0.1%NH3H2O EtOH]; B%: 30%-30%) to give the first one of (R)-2-(6-chloro-1- (((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6- chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl) pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol (peak 1, Intermediate 57, 130 mg, 41% yield) as a white oil and the second one of (R)-2-(6- chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)butan-2-ol or (S)-2-(6-chloro-1-(((2R,4R)-4-(methylsulfonyl) pentan-2-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)butan-2-ol (peak 2, Intermediate 58, 130 mg, 41% yield) as a white oil. Example 2ab
Figure imgf000121_0001
Intermediate 59: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-phenylethan- 1-ol
Figure imgf000121_0002
Step 1: 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)-1-phenylethan-1-ol 1-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)ethan-1-one (0.15 g, 0.571 mmol) was stirred in THF (5.71 ml) at 23 °C and phenylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M, 0.685 ml, 0.685 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min, then was diluted with EA, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash- column chromatography on silica gel (20-100% EA:Hexanes) to give the title compound (65 mg, 33%). MS (ES+) C19H17ClN2O2 requires: 340, found: 341[M+H]+. Example 2ac
Figure imgf000122_0001
Intermediate 60: 4-(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-4-ol
Figure imgf000122_0002
Step 1: -(6-Chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridin-4-yl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol n-Butyllithium (421 µl, 1.052 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-bromo-6- chloro-1-cyclopropoxy-2,7-naphthyridine (300 mg, 1.001 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at -78 °C, then tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (111 µl, 1.202 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 40 min, then was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (4 mL). The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EA. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash-column chromatography on silica gel (0-90% EA/hexanes) to give the title compound (108 mg, 33.6 % yield). Example 3a: Synthetic Method 1
Figure imgf000123_0001
(7S,8R)-2-((5-(2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl)-8-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7- naphthyridin-3-yl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (Compound 57)
Figure imgf000123_0002
Step 1: (7S,8R)-2-((5-(2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl)-8-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3- yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-3-yl)amino)-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5- one To a solution of 2-(6-chloro-1-((1-(methylsulfonyl)azetidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,7-naphthyridin-4- yl)propan-2-ol (30 mg, 80.7 umol) and (7S,8R)-2-amino-7,8-dimethyl-7,8-dihydro-5H- pyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-5-one (17.1 mg, 88.8 umol) in dioxane (2 mL) was added BrettPhos (Pd, G4) (7.43 mg, 8.07 umol), BrettPhos (4.33 mg, 8.07 umol) and potassium acetate (23.8 mg, 242 umol). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 1 hour under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The reaction mixture was purified by pre-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150*25*10um; mobile phase: [water (0.225%FA)-ACN]; B%: 29%-59%, 10min) to give the title compound (15.4 mg, 30 % yield) as a light yellow solid. MS (ES+) C25H29N5O6S requires: 527, found: 528[M+H]+.1H
Figure imgf000123_0003
NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD)δ ppm 9.40 (s, 1H), 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 4.70-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.44 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.28-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 6H), 3.05 (s, 4H), 1.82 (s, 6H), 1.57-1.45 (m, 6H). Example 4: Inhibition of MAP4K1 Biochemical Enzymatic Activity MAP4K1 (HPK1) and relevant off-target enzymatic activity was monitored using the Perkin Elmer electrophoretic mobility shift technology platform – the EZReader 2. Fluorescent labeled substrate peptide was incubated in the presence of kinase and ATP, and in the presence of dosed compound, such that each dose of compound resulted in a reflective proportion of the peptide to be phosphorylated. Within the linear, steady-state phase of the kinase enzymatic reaction, the mixed pool of phosphorylated (product) and non- phosphorylated (substrate) peptides was passed through the microfluidic system of the PerkinElmer EZ Reader 2, under an applied electric potential difference. The presence of the phosphate group on the product peptide provided a difference in mass and charge between that of the substrate peptide, resulting in a separation of the substrate and product pools in the sample (Perrin et al. 2010). As the product and substrate peptide mixture passes the lasers within the instrument, these pools are detected (λex = 488 nm, λem = 568 nm) and resolved as separate peaks. The ratio between these peaks reflects the activity of the compound at that concentration, in that well, under those conditions. Enzyme Activity Inhibition Assay Protocol: Inhibitors were dissolved in 100% DMSO at a stock concentration of 10 mM. A 100X, 10-point, 4-fold serial dilution of each inhibitor was created in 100% DMSO either manually or on a Hamilton STAR liquid handler, starting at a relevant concentration, usually 1 mM. A volume of 0.130 µL of each concentration was transferred to the relevant wells of a 384-well plate (Greiner 781 201) in duplicate using a TTPLabtech Mosquito nano-litre dispenser. Using a Multidrop Combi, the remaining constituents of the kinase reaction were added to the 130 nL of dosed compound as follows (see table below for final reaction details): Enzyme activity assays at the APPKM for ATP or 1 mM ATP: In each well of a 384- well plate, 0.1 - 15 nM of untreated enzyme was incubated in a total of 13 µL of buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 10 mM MgCl2, 1mM DTT) with 1.5 µM fluorescent peptide and 20 - 1000 µM ATP, at 25oC, for 60 - 180 minutes in the presence or absence of a dosed concentration series of compound (1% DMSO final concentration). The kinase reactions were stopped by the addition of 70 µl of Stop buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij 35, 35 mM EDTA and 0.2% of Coating Reagent 3 (Caliper Lifesciences)). The plates were read on a Caliper EZReader 2 as described above. Table 2 Kinase Reaction Conditions
Figure imgf000125_0001
S6K2tide; Carna Biosciences (5-FAM-Proprietary Sequence-CONH2) FL4tide; Perkin Elmer (5-FAM-EGIYGVLFKKK (SEQ ID NO: 1)-CONH2) FL25tide; Perkin Elmer (5-FAM-VDGKEIYNTIRRK (SEQ ID NO: 2)-CONH2) PKAtide; Anaspec Peptide Co.(5-FAM-GRTGRRNSI (SEQ ID NO: 3)-CONH2) Perrin D, Frémaux C, Shutes A. Capillary microfluidic electrophoretic mobility shift assays: application to enzymatic assays in drug discovery. Expert Opin Drug Discov.2010, 5(1):51-63. The results obtained in these experiments for compounds prepared according to the examples are summarized in Table 3 below. Table 3
Figure imgf000125_0002
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Additional Compounds 71-74 falling within the scope of Formula (I), see Table 4 below, were also tested in the MAP4K1 (HPK1) enzymatic assay of Example 4 and all of these compounds had inhibitory activities of greater than 10 micromolar.
Table 4
Figure imgf000128_0001
Example 5: T Cell Enhancement of Cytokines Isolation and Expansion of T cells from whole blood T cells are isolated from whole blood of healthy donors by immunomagnetic negative selection following manufacture’s protocol (StemCell Technologies, human T cell isolation kit). Purity of isolated cells is assessed by flow cytometry and yields 95-98% CD3+ T cells. For expansion of T cells, 1x106 cells/well are plated in serum free cell expansion media (ThermoFisher) containing 30U of recombinant human IL2 (R&D) and stimulated with 25ul of CD3/CD28 beads (Invitrogen) in 24 well plates for 3-4 days. T cells are then expanded in 175cm flasks and maintained at a cell density of 1 to 2.5x106 cells/ml days by addition of 2/3 of fresh media every 2-3 days. After 10-14 days, cells are frozen in BamBanker freezing media (Thermo) and stored in liquid nitrogen. Phenotypic analysis of expanded T cells by flow cytometry, routinely shows 60% cells are CD8+ T cells upon freezing. Cytokine Measurement For IL2 measurement, expanded CD3+ T cells are dispensed at 100K cells/well (cultured in X-VIVO 10 Serum-free media) and are stimulated with plate-bound anti-CD3 and soluble anti-CD28 in the presence of vehicle or compound of the disclosure at various concentrations for 24h. As outlined in the manufacturer’s protocol (Cisbio), 16 µL of conditioned media is transferred to a white 384-well low volume plate. Following a 24h incubation with the anti-IL2 antibodies, the homogenous time resolved fluorescence (HTRF) is measured. Example 6: Inhibition of Anti-Tumor Activity in a Syngeneic Mouse Model Generation of the MCA205 Syngeneic xenograft anti-tumor efficacy study Six to eight-week-old female, C57BL/6 mice (Jackson Labs, Bar Harbor, ME) are implanted subcutaneously on the left flank with 1 x 106 MCA205 cells / mouse. After tumors reach an average volume of 50 mm3, mice are randomized into treatment groups, 10 mice per group, with tumors in the size range of 30-70 mm3. Compounds of the disclosure 10-30 mg/kg, anti-mouse PD-L1 mAb (B7 H1, clone # 10F.9G2 Bio-X-cell, Lebanon, NH) and vehicle either alone or in different combinations are administered to tumor bearing mice. Reduction in tumor volume is measured [mm3] over time. Equivalents In the claims articles such as “a,” “an,” and “the” may mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include “or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. The disclosure includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. The disclosure includes embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. Furthermore, the disclosure encompasses all variations, combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the listed claims are introduced into another claim. For example, any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group. It should it be understood that, in general, where the disclosure, or aspects of the disclosure, is/are referred to as comprising particular elements and/or features, certain embodiments of the disclosure or aspects of the disclosure consist, or consist essentially of, such elements and/or features. For purposes of simplicity, those embodiments have not been specifically set forth in haec verba herein. Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated or otherwise evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any specific value or sub-range within the stated ranges in different embodiments of the disclosure, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the disclosure described and claimed herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed is: 1. A compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000131_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A1 is selected from N and CH; A2 is selected from CH and N; X is selected from C1-3 alkyl, OR3, NHR4 and halogen; B is selected from CR5 and N, Y is CR6, or Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or C5-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R7; R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted with OR8, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl or 4 to 6-membered heterocycle; R3 is selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-3 alkyl, C3-5 cycloalkyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1- 3 R10; R5 is selected from hydrogen, COOH, CN, halogen, and C1-3 alkoxy; R6 is selected from C1-5 alkyl, C4-6 cycloalkyl, 3 to 6-membered heterocycle, NHR11, NR12R13 and OR14, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycle is optionally substituted with OH, NH2, 1-4 halogen or R15; each R7 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen and OH, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen, or two R7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5 cycloalkyl; R8 is H or C1-3 alkyl. each R9 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halogen, halogen, C(O)Me, SO2Me, C(O)NR16R17, C1-3 alkoxy, and OH; each R10 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halogen, halogen, SO2Me, C(O)NR16R17, C1-3 alkoxy, and OH; R11 is selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R12 and R13 are each is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R14 is selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R18; R15 is OH, C1-3 alkyl or C3-5 cycloalkyl; R16 and R17 are each is independently selected from C1-6 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 R19; each R18 is independently halogen; and each R19 is independently halogen.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula II:
Figure imgf000132_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula III:
Figure imgf000133_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein the compound is represented by Formula IV(A) or IV(B):
Figure imgf000133_0002
IV(A) IV(B), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The compound of claim 3, wherein the compound is represented by Formula V: X
Figure imgf000134_0001
V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form a 5 to 7-membered heterocycle or C5-6 cycloalkyl, and said heterocycle or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1-6 R7.
6. The compound of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by Formula VI: X
Figure imgf000134_0002
VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R7 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen and OH, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3-5 cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and m is 0, 1 or 2.
7. The compound of claim 6, wherein the compound is represented by Formula VII:
Figure imgf000135_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
8. The compounds of any one of claims 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is NHR4; and R4 is CH3 or cyclopropyl.
9. The compounds of any one of claims 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is OR3.
10. The compounds of any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C1-2 alkyl, C1-2 haloalkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with OR8, phenyl and C3-4 cycloalkyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 4 to 6- membered heterocycle; and R8 is C1-2 alkyl.
11. The compounds of any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2OCH3, CHF2, CF3, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form tetrahydropyran.
12. The compounds of any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 and R2 are each independently selected from hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2OCH3, CHF2, CF3, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl and phenyl, or R1 and R2, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form
Figure imgf000136_0001
.
13. The compounds of any one of claims 1-7 and 9-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is selected from C1-3 alkyl, C3-4 cycloalkyl and 4-membered heterocycle; wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle are optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; and each R9 is independently selected from C1-3 alkyl, halogen, C(O)Me and SO2Me.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1-7 and 9-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is 4-membered heterocycle containing nitrogen; R9 is C(O)Me; and a ring nitrogen of the 4-membered heterocycle is bonded to ^–C(O)Me.
15. The compounds of any one of claims 1-7 and 9-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is selected from CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 R9; and each R9 is independently selected from CH3, F, C(O)Me and SO2Me.
16. The compounds of anyone of claims 1-7 and 9-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is selected from CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CHF2, CH2CF3, CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl, :
Figure imgf000137_0001
.
17. The compounds of any one of claims 1-4 and 8-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R5 is CN.
18. The compounds of any one of claims 1-4 and 8-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R6 is selected from C1-4 alkyl, and 4 to 5-membered heterocycle, wherein said alkyl or heterocycle is optionally substituted with 1-4 halogen or R15; and R15 is C1-2 alkyl.
19. The compounds of any one of claims 1-4 and 8-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R6 is selected from
Figure imgf000137_0002
.
20. The compounds of any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R7 is independently CH3, or two R7 attached to the same carbon form an oxo, or two R7 attached to the same carbon atom taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form cyclopropyl.
21. The compounds of any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Y and B, taken together, form:
Figure imgf000138_0001
, wherein ^― represents a bond to A2, and ―^ represents a bond to N.
22. A compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
23. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
24. A method of inhibiting MAP4K1 in a subject in need thereof, comprising contacting MAP4K1 with an effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1-22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 23.
25. A method for enhancing an immune response in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1-22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 23.
26. A method for treating a MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1-22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 23.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein said MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder is a cancer.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the cancer comprises at least one cancer selected from the group consisting of colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, cancer of the head and neck, lymphoma, leukemia, and melanoma.
29. The method of claim 26 or 27, wherein said method further comprises administering an additional anti-cancer agent to said subject.
30. The method of claim 26, wherein the MAP4K1-dependent disorder or disease is a viral infection.
31. A compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder.
32. A compound for use according to claim 31, wherein the MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder is a cancer.
33. The use of a compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment a MAP4K1-dependent disease or disorder.
PCT/US2022/073718 2021-07-15 2022-07-14 Map4k1 inhibitors WO2023288264A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163222341P 2021-07-15 2021-07-15
US63/222,341 2021-07-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023288264A1 true WO2023288264A1 (en) 2023-01-19

Family

ID=82839174

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2022/073718 WO2023288264A1 (en) 2021-07-15 2022-07-14 Map4k1 inhibitors

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AR (1) AR126453A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202321238A (en)
WO (1) WO2023288264A1 (en)

Citations (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006029879A2 (en) 2004-09-17 2006-03-23 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Anti-ox40l antibodies
WO2006105021A2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-10-05 Tolerrx, Inc. Gitr binding molecules and uses therefor
WO2006122150A1 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Incyte Corporation Modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of using the same
WO2007005874A2 (en) 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Medarex, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death ligand 1 (pd-l1)
US20070087988A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-19 New York University Hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 for modulation of an immune response
WO2007075598A2 (en) 2005-12-20 2007-07-05 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008036642A2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008036653A2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008132601A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Immutep Cytotoxic anti-lag-3 monoclonal antibody and its use in the treatment or prevention of organ transplant rejection and autoimmune disease
WO2009009116A2 (en) 2007-07-12 2009-01-15 Tolerx, Inc. Combination therapies employing gitr binding molecules
WO2009044273A2 (en) 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Immutep Use of recombinant lag-3 or the derivatives thereof for eliciting monocyte immune response
WO2009073620A2 (en) 2007-11-30 2009-06-11 Newlink Genetics Ido inhibitors
WO2009156652A1 (en) 2008-05-29 2009-12-30 Saint-Gobain Centre De Recherches Et D'etudes Europeen Cellular structure containing aluminium titanate
WO2010019570A2 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Medarex, Inc. Human antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3), and uses thereof
WO2010028683A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2010-03-18 Widex A/S Method for sound processing in a hearing aid and a hearing aid
WO2010077634A1 (en) 2008-12-09 2010-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Anti-pd-l1 antibodies and their use to enhance t-cell function
WO2011056652A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-12 Newlink Genetics Imidazole derivatives as ido inhibitors
WO2012032433A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Pfizer Inc. 4-1bb binding molecules
WO2012142237A1 (en) 2011-04-15 2012-10-18 Newlink Geneticks Corporation Fused imidazole derivatives useful as ido inhibitors
WO2012145493A1 (en) 2011-04-20 2012-10-26 Amplimmune, Inc. Antibodies and other molecules that bind b7-h1 and pd-1
WO2013079174A1 (en) 2011-11-28 2013-06-06 Merck Patent Gmbh Anti-pd-l1 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2014008218A1 (en) 2012-07-02 2014-01-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Optimization of antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3), and uses thereof
WO2020023551A1 (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 Genentech, Inc. Naphthyridine compounds and uses thereof
WO2021133809A1 (en) * 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Inhibitors of mutant forms of egfr
WO2021146370A1 (en) * 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Map4k1 inhibitors

Patent Citations (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006029879A2 (en) 2004-09-17 2006-03-23 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Anti-ox40l antibodies
WO2006105021A2 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-10-05 Tolerrx, Inc. Gitr binding molecules and uses therefor
WO2006122150A1 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Incyte Corporation Modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of using the same
WO2007005874A2 (en) 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Medarex, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death ligand 1 (pd-l1)
US20070087988A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-19 New York University Hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 for modulation of an immune response
WO2007075598A2 (en) 2005-12-20 2007-07-05 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008036642A2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008036653A2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008132601A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Immutep Cytotoxic anti-lag-3 monoclonal antibody and its use in the treatment or prevention of organ transplant rejection and autoimmune disease
WO2009009116A2 (en) 2007-07-12 2009-01-15 Tolerx, Inc. Combination therapies employing gitr binding molecules
WO2009044273A2 (en) 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Immutep Use of recombinant lag-3 or the derivatives thereof for eliciting monocyte immune response
WO2009073620A2 (en) 2007-11-30 2009-06-11 Newlink Genetics Ido inhibitors
WO2009156652A1 (en) 2008-05-29 2009-12-30 Saint-Gobain Centre De Recherches Et D'etudes Europeen Cellular structure containing aluminium titanate
WO2010019570A2 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Medarex, Inc. Human antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3), and uses thereof
WO2010028683A1 (en) 2008-09-10 2010-03-18 Widex A/S Method for sound processing in a hearing aid and a hearing aid
WO2010077634A1 (en) 2008-12-09 2010-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Anti-pd-l1 antibodies and their use to enhance t-cell function
WO2011056652A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-12 Newlink Genetics Imidazole derivatives as ido inhibitors
WO2012032433A1 (en) 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 Pfizer Inc. 4-1bb binding molecules
WO2012142237A1 (en) 2011-04-15 2012-10-18 Newlink Geneticks Corporation Fused imidazole derivatives useful as ido inhibitors
WO2012145493A1 (en) 2011-04-20 2012-10-26 Amplimmune, Inc. Antibodies and other molecules that bind b7-h1 and pd-1
WO2013079174A1 (en) 2011-11-28 2013-06-06 Merck Patent Gmbh Anti-pd-l1 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2014008218A1 (en) 2012-07-02 2014-01-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Optimization of antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3), and uses thereof
WO2020023551A1 (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 Genentech, Inc. Naphthyridine compounds and uses thereof
WO2021133809A1 (en) * 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Inhibitors of mutant forms of egfr
WO2021146370A1 (en) * 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Map4k1 inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ALZABIN, S. ET AL., CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUNOTHER, vol. 59, no. 3, 2010, pages 419 - 29
ALZABIN, S. ET AL., J IMMUNOL, vol. 182, no. 10, 2009, pages 6187 - 94
GOODMANGILMAN: "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 2003, MACK PUBLISHING CO.
HERNANDEZ S. ET AL., CELL REPORTS, vol. 25, 2018, pages 80 - 94
HU, M.C. ET AL., GENES DEV, vol. 10, no. 18, 1996, pages 2251 - 64
IKEGAMI, R ET AL., J IMMUNOL, vol. 166, no. 7, 2001, pages 4689 - 96
KIEFER, F. ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 15, no. 24, 1996, pages 7013 - 25
LIOU, J. ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 12, no. 4, 2000, pages 399 - 408
LIU ET AL., PLOS ONE, vol. 14, no. 3, pages e0212670, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0212670>
PERRIN DFREMAUX CSHUTES A: "Capillary microfluidic electrophoretic mobility shift assays: application to enzymatic assays in drug discovery", EXPERT OPIN DRUG DISCOV, vol. 5, no. 1, 2010, pages 51 - 63
S. M. BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
SEUNGMOOK, L., CANCER RESEARCH.AACR JOURNAL, 2019
SHUI, J.W. ET AL., NAT IMMUNOL, vol. 8, no. 1, 2007, pages 84 - 91
WANG, W. ET AL., J BIOL CHEM, vol. 272, no. 36, 1997, pages 22771 - 5
WANG, X. ET AL., J BIOL CHEM, vol. 287, no. 14, 2012, pages 11037 - 48
WUTSGREENE: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2014, JOHN WILEY & SONS
ZHOU, G. ET AL., J BIOL CHEM, vol. 274, no. 19, 1999, pages 13133 - 8

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR126453A1 (en) 2023-10-11
TW202321238A (en) 2023-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11401279B2 (en) Pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidine compounds as immunomodulators
JP7372255B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators
US11534441B2 (en) MAP4K1 inhibitors
CN111527084B (en) Isofuranone compounds useful as HPK1 inhibitors
CN110831600A (en) Indole AHR inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2020514272A (en) Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as immunomodulators
WO2022192145A1 (en) Map4k1 inhibitors
KR20190026902A (en) Novel pyrimidinecarboxamide as an inhibitor of vanin-1 enzyme
WO2023288264A1 (en) Map4k1 inhibitors
TW202304881A (en) Pyridinyl substituted oxoisoindoline compounds
WO2023288254A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as map4k1 inhibitors
CN117940406A (en) MAP4K1 inhibitors
CN115175734B (en) Pyrido [3,2-D ] pyrimidine compounds as immunomodulators
CN117940438A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as MAP4K1 inhibitors
CN117157286A (en) Pyridyl-substituted oxo-isoindoline compounds
CN117295748A (en) MAP4K1 inhibitors
TW202132283A (en) Compounds useful as inhibitors of helios protein
TW202313014A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as immunomodulators of pd-l1 interactions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22751627

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE